[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025129702A1 - Downlink transmission triggering method, communication device, and storage medium - Google Patents

Downlink transmission triggering method, communication device, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025129702A1
WO2025129702A1 PCT/CN2023/141275 CN2023141275W WO2025129702A1 WO 2025129702 A1 WO2025129702 A1 WO 2025129702A1 CN 2023141275 W CN2023141275 W CN 2023141275W WO 2025129702 A1 WO2025129702 A1 WO 2025129702A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
transmission
network device
information
terminal
signal
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2023/141275
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴世娟
王磊
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd filed Critical Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2023/141275 priority Critical patent/WO2025129702A1/en
Priority to CN202380012950.3A priority patent/CN117981402A/en
Publication of WO2025129702A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025129702A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a downlink transmission triggering method, a communication device, and a storage medium.
  • NES network energy saving
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a downlink transmission triggering method, a communication device, and a storage medium.
  • a downlink transmission triggering method is provided, which is executed by a terminal, and the method includes: sending a first transmission to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.
  • a downlink transmission triggering method is provided, which is executed by a first network device and includes: receiving a first transmission sent by a terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission.
  • a downlink transmission triggering method is provided, which is executed by a second network device and includes: receiving a first transmission from a terminal from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.
  • a terminal comprising: a sending module configured to send a first transmission to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.
  • a first network device comprising: a receiving module configured to receive a first transmission sent by a terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission.
  • a second network device comprising: a receiving module configured to receive a first transmission from a terminal from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.
  • a communication device includes: one or more processors; wherein the processor is used to call instructions so that the communication device executes the downlink transmission triggering method provided by any technical solution of the first to third aspects mentioned above.
  • a storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the downlink transmission triggering method provided by any aspect from the first aspect to the third aspect.
  • the terminal can trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission through the first transmission, so that the terminal can request downlink transmission from the network side according to its own needs.
  • FIG1A is a schematic diagram showing an architecture of a communication system according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG1B is a schematic diagram showing a downlink transmission according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG2 is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3A is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3B is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3C is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3D is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3E is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG4A is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG4B is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG4C is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG4D is a time domain schematic diagram showing a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG5 is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG6A is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG6B is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a first network device according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG6C is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a second network device according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG7A is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a downlink transmission triggering method, a communication device, a communication system and a storage medium.
  • a first aspect provides a downlink transmission triggering method, which is executed by a terminal and includes:
  • a first transmission is sent to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.
  • the terminal can trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission through the first transmission.
  • the terminal can request downlink transmission from the network side according to its own needs.
  • the sending of the first transmission to the first network device includes at least one of the following: sending a reference signal to the first network device; sending uplink information to the first network device; the uplink information includes: physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH) information and/or physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) information.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the reference signal corresponding to the first transmission may be an SRS, which is equivalent to multiplexing the SRS to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission.
  • the reference signal includes: a first signal and a second signal; the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; the function of the first signal is different from that of the second signal.
  • the reference signal may have multiple functions, and may trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmitted reference signal as the second signal.
  • the method also includes at least one of the following: determining whether the reference signal includes the second signal according to the resource location of the reference signal; the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal; determining whether the reference signal includes the second signal according to the sequence of the reference signal; the sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal; determining whether the reference signal includes the second signal according to the function of the reference signal; the function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal; determining whether the reference signal includes the second signal according to the information unit (Inforamation Element, IE) IE configuring the reference signal; the IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal.
  • Information unit Inforamation Element
  • the first signal and the second signal can be distinguished according to resource location, sequence, function configuration and/or configuration IE, which has the characteristic of simple implementation.
  • the method further includes: determining transmission parameters of the first transmission; the transmission parameters include: a signal corresponding to the first transmission and/or a resource location of the first transmission.
  • determining the transmission parameters of the first transmission includes at least one of the following: determining the transmission parameters according to configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device; determining the transmission parameters according to a predefined method.
  • the transmission parameters of the first transmission there are multiple ways to determine the transmission parameters of the first transmission. They can be determined directly based on predefinition, thereby reducing the signaling interaction between the network device and the terminal, or they can be determined based on configuration information. In this way, the network side can configure the transmission parameters suitable for the current scenario as needed.
  • the reference signal corresponding to the first transmission may be a reference signal determined based on an SRS mechanism.
  • the transmission resource of the SRS is determined based on the configuration information of the SRS sequence and/or the corresponding transmission resource.
  • the configuration information is public configuration information.
  • a transmission resource and a sequence of a reference signal for the first transmission are determined according to the common configuration information.
  • the first transmission is sent according to an on-demand mechanism based on the configuration information.
  • the terminal may determine a transmission parameter of the first transmission based on a predefined method.
  • the transmission parameter includes: a transmission resource and/or a sequence.
  • the predefined method may be based on a predefined method of SRS configuration in a related art.
  • the first network device corresponds to a first cell; the second network device corresponds to a second cell; the method further includes at least one of the following: receiving the configuration information from the first cell, the configuration information being used for the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell; receiving the configuration information from the second cell, the configuration information being used for the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell.
  • the configuration information used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell may come from the first cell itself or from other cells, so that the network side can flexibly coordinate each cell to send configuration information as needed.
  • the configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device includes at least one of the following: receiving dedicated signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, the dedicated signaling including the configuration information; receiving public signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, the public signaling including the configuration information; receiving broadcast signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, the broadcast signaling including the configuration information.
  • the configuration information can be carried in dedicated signaling, public signaling or broadcast signaling, so that the network side can flexibly use various signaling to send the configuration information as needed.
  • the transmission parameter indicates at least one of the following: time domain position information, used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission; sequence information, indicating the sequence used by the first transmission; port information, indicating the sending port of the first transmission; cyclic shift information, indicating the cyclic shift value of the sequence used by the first transmission; frequency domain position information, used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission; format information, used to indicate the format of the first transmission.
  • the time domain position information includes at least one of the following: starting time domain position information, indicating the starting time domain position of the first transmission; time slot information, indicating the time slot in which the first transmission is located; duration information, indicating the duration of one first transmission; and period information, indicating the period of the first transmission.
  • the frequency domain position information includes at least one of the following: resource block RB information, indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission; comb information, indicating the number of combs when the first transmission uses comb resources; resource unit RE information, indicating the number of REs occupied by the first transmission and/or RE offset.
  • determining the transmission parameters of the first transmission also includes: determining the sequence of the first transmission based on at least one of a port of the first transmission, a comb number when the first transmission uses comb resources, and a cyclic shift CS of a sequence used by the first transmission.
  • the method further includes: receiving the second transmission within a first time window after sending the first transmission.
  • the second transmission is received in the first time window after the first transmission is sent, so that the terminal does not wait for the first transmission on the network side without a time range.
  • the method further includes: determining the first time window according to a predefined method; or determining the time window according to network signaling.
  • the method further includes: if the second transmission is not received within the first time window, continuing to send the first transmission to the first network device.
  • the terminal may continue to send the first transmission to the first network device to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission.
  • the second transmission includes at least one of the following: a system information block SIB; a downlink reference signal; and downlink channel information.
  • the downlink reference signal includes at least one of: Synchronization Signals and (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH) block, SSB; Primary Synchronization Signals (PSS); Secondary Synchronization Signals (SSS); Tracking Reference Signal (TRS); Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS); Discovery Reference Signal (DRS).
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • PSS Primary Synchronization Signals
  • SSS Secondary Synchronization Signals
  • TRS Tracking Reference Signal
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information-Reference Signal
  • DRS Discovery Reference Signal
  • the downlink channel information includes at least one of the following: PDCCH information;
  • a second aspect provides a downlink transmission triggering method, wherein the method is performed by a first network device, and the method includes:
  • a first transmission sent by a receiving terminal is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission.
  • the receiving terminal sends a first transmission; the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
  • the reference signal includes a first type of signal and/or a reference signal
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the reference signal includes: SRS.
  • the reference signal includes: a first signal and a second signal; the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; the function of the first signal is different from that of the second signal.
  • the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal; and/or, the sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal; and/or, the function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal; and/or, the information unit IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal.
  • the first network device corresponds to a first cell; the second network device corresponds to a second cell; the first cell is used to send the configuration information; the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell; or, the second cell is used to send the configuration information; the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell.
  • the configuration information is carried in proprietary signaling; or, the configuration information is carried in public signaling; or,
  • the configuration information is carried in the broadcast signaling.
  • the transmission parameter indicates at least one of the following: time domain position information, used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission; sequence information, indicating the sequence used by the first transmission; port information, indicating the sending port of the first transmission; cyclic shift information, indicating the cyclic shift value of the sequence used by the first transmission; frequency domain position information, used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission; format information, used to indicate the format of the first transmission.
  • the time domain position information includes at least one of the following: starting time domain position information indicating a starting time domain position of the first transmission;
  • the time slot information indicates the time slot in which the first transmission is located; the duration information indicates the duration of the first transmission once; and the period information indicates the period of the first transmission.
  • the frequency domain position information includes at least one of the following: resource block RB information, indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission; comb information, indicating the number of combs when the first transmission uses comb resources; resource unit RE information, indicating the number of REs occupied by the first transmission.
  • determining the transmission parameters of the first transmission includes: determining a sequence of the first transmission according to a port of the first transmission and a comb number when the first transmission uses comb resources.
  • the method further includes: after receiving the first transmission, sending the second transmission within a first time window; or, after receiving the first transmission, sending the first transmission to the second network device within the first time window.
  • the method further includes: determining the first time window according to a predefined method; or determining the time window according to network signaling.
  • the second transmission includes at least one of the following: a system information block SIB; a downlink reference signal; and downlink channel information.
  • the downlink reference signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization signal broadcast block SSB; a primary synchronization signal PSS; a secondary synchronization signal SSS; a tracking reference signal TRS; a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS; and a discovery reference signal.
  • the downlink channel information includes at least one of the following:
  • Physical downlink control channel PDCCH information Physical downlink shared channel PDSCH information.
  • a third aspect provides a downlink transmission triggering method, wherein the method is performed by a second network device, and the method includes:
  • a first transmission from a terminal is received from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.
  • the method further comprises: sending configuration information to the terminal; the configuration information is used by the terminal to determine a transmission parameter of the first transmission.
  • a fourth aspect provides a terminal, comprising: a sending module configured to send a first transmission to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.
  • a fifth aspect provides a first network device, which includes: a receiving module configured to receive a first transmission sent by a terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission.
  • a sixth aspect provides a second network device, which includes: a receiving module configured to receive a first transmission from a terminal from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a communication device, the communication device including: one or more processors;
  • the processor is used to call instructions to enable the communication device to execute the method described in the optional implementation manner of the first to third aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the method described in the optional implementation manner of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure propose a downlink transmission triggering method, communication equipment, communication system and storage medium.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are not exhaustive, but are only illustrative of some embodiments, and are not intended to be a specific limitation on the scope of protection of the present disclosure.
  • each step in a certain embodiment can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the steps can be arbitrarily combined.
  • a solution after removing some steps can also be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the order of the steps in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily exchanged.
  • the optional implementation methods in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined; in addition, the embodiments can be arbitrarily combined.
  • some or all of the steps of different embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, and a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the optional implementation methods of other embodiments.
  • elements expressed in the singular form such as “a”, “an”, “the”, “above”, “the”, “the”, etc., may mean “one and only one", or “one or more”, “at least one”, etc.
  • the noun after the article may be understood as a singular expression or a plural expression.
  • the description object is "device”
  • the "first device” and the “second device” can be the same device or different devices, and their types can be the same or different; for another example, if the description object is "information”, the "first type of information” and the “second type of information” can be the same information or different information, and their contents can be the same or different.
  • “including A”, “comprising A”, “used to indicate A”, and “carrying A” can be interpreted as directly carrying A or indirectly indicating A.
  • terms such as “greater than”, “greater than or equal to”, “not less than”, “more than”, “more than or equal to”, “not less than”, “higher than”, “higher than or equal to”, “not lower than”, and “above” can be replaced with each other, and terms such as “less than”, “less than or equal to”, “not greater than”, “less than”, “less than or equal to”, “no more than”, “lower than”, “lower than or equal to”, “not higher than”, and “below” can be replaced with each other.
  • terminal In some embodiments, the terms "terminal”, “terminal device”, “user equipment (UE)”, “user terminal” “mobile station (MS)”, “mobile terminal (MT)", subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client and the like can be used interchangeably.
  • the access network device, the core network device, or the network device can be replaced by a terminal.
  • the various embodiments of the present disclosure can also be applied to a structure in which the access network device, the core network device, or the network device and the communication between the terminals is replaced by the communication between multiple terminals (for example, device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X), etc.).
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • it can also be set as a structure in which the terminal has all or part of the functions of the access network device.
  • terms such as "uplink” and "downlink” can also be replaced by terms corresponding to communication between terminals (for example, "side”).
  • uplink channels, downlink channels, etc. can be replaced by side channels
  • uplinks, downlinks, etc. can be replaced by side links.
  • the terminal may be replaced by an access network device, a core network device, or a network device.
  • the access network device, the core network device, or the network device may also be configured to have a structure that has all or part of the functions of the terminal.
  • acquisition of data, information, etc. may comply with the laws and regulations of the country where the data is obtained.
  • data, information, etc. may be obtained with the user's consent.
  • each element, each row, or each column in the table of the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the combination of any elements, any rows, and any columns may also be implemented as an independent embodiment.
  • FIG1A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a communication system 100 includes a terminal 101 and a network device 102.
  • the network device 102 may include an access network device and/or a core network device.
  • the terminal 101 includes, for example, a mobile phone, a wearable device, an IoT device, a
  • the present invention relates to at least one of a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control, a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device in remote medical surgery, a wireless terminal device in a smart grid, a wireless terminal device in transportation safety, a wireless terminal device in a smart city, and a wireless terminal device in a smart home, but is not limited thereto.
  • a car with communication function a smart car, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control, a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device in remote medical surgery, a
  • the terminal is also referred to as user equipment (UE).
  • UE user equipment
  • the access network device may be, for example, a node or device that accesses a terminal to a wireless network.
  • the access network device may include an evolved Node B (eNB), a next generation evolved Node B (ng-eNB), a next generation Node B (gNB), a node B (NB), a home node B (HNB), a home evolved node B (HeNB), a wireless backhaul device, a radio network controller (RNC), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a base band unit (BBU), a mobile switching center, a base station in a 6G communication system, an open base station (Open RAN), a cloud base station (Cloud RAN), a base station in other communication systems, and at least one of an access node in a Wi-Fi system, but is not limited thereto.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • ng-eNB next generation evolved Node B
  • gNB next generation Node B
  • NB no
  • the technical solution of the present disclosure may be applicable to the Open RAN architecture.
  • the interfaces between access network devices or within access network devices involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may become internal interfaces of Open RAN, and the processes and information interactions between these internal interfaces may be implemented through software or programs.
  • the access network device may be composed of a centralized unit (central unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), wherein the CU may also be called a control unit (control unit).
  • the CU-DU structure may be used to split the protocol layer of the access network device, with some functions of the protocol layer being centrally controlled by the CU, and the remaining part or all of the functions of the protocol layer being distributed in the DU, and the DU being centrally controlled by the CU, but not limited to this.
  • the core network device may be a device including a first network element, etc., or may be a plurality of devices or a group of devices, each including a first network element.
  • the network element may be virtual or physical.
  • the core network may include, for example, at least one of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), a 5G Core Network (5GCN), and a Next Generation Core (NGC).
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • 5GCN 5G Core Network
  • NGC Next Generation Core
  • the communication system described in the embodiment of the present disclosure is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solution of the embodiment of the present disclosure, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a person skilled in the art can know that with the evolution of the system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the following embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG1A, or part of the subject, but are not limited thereto.
  • the subjects shown in FIG1A are examples, and the communication system may include all or part of the subjects in FIG1A, or may include other subjects other than FIG1A, and the number and form of the subjects are arbitrary, and the connection relationship between the subjects is an example, and the subjects may be connected or disconnected, and the connection may be in any manner, which may be a direct connection or an indirect connection, and may be a wired connection or a wireless connection.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A LTE-Advanced
  • LTE-B LTE-Beyond
  • SUPER 3G IMT-Advanced
  • 4G fourth generation mobile communication system
  • 5G 5G new radio
  • FRA future radio access
  • RAT new radio access technology
  • NR new radio
  • NX new radio access
  • FX future generation radio access
  • GSM Global System for Mobile communications
  • CDMA2000 Code Division Multiple Access 2000
  • UMB Ultra Mobile Broadband
  • IEEE 802.11 Wi-Fi (registered trademark)
  • IEEE 802.16 WiMAX (registered trademark)
  • IEEE 802.20 Ultra-WideBand (UWB)
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine to Machine
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • V2X Vehicle to-Everything
  • a plurality of systems may also be combined (for example, a combination of LTE and NR), such as a 6G system.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a downlink transmission triggering method, which is executed by the communication system shown in FIG1A .
  • the method may include:
  • S2101 The network device sends configuration information to the terminal.
  • the network device may be an access network device.
  • the network device sending the configuration information may be the first network device and/or the second network device.
  • the second network device is different from the first network device.
  • the first network device and the second network device may be two access network devices arranged adjacent to each other.
  • the network device broadcasts, multicasts, or broadcasts the configuration information to the terminals.
  • the network device sends dedicated signaling carrying configuration information to the terminal.
  • the dedicated signaling may include but is not limited to cell-specific signaling and/or user equipment dedicated radio resource control (UE-dedicated RRC) signaling.
  • UE-dedicated RRC user equipment dedicated radio resource control
  • the network device sends common signaling carrying configuration information to the terminal.
  • the network device sends a broadcast signaling carrying configuration information to the terminal.
  • the broadcast signaling may include but is not limited to a system information block, which may include but is not limited to a master information block (MIB) and/or SIB1, etc.
  • MIB master information block
  • SIB1 SIB1
  • the configuration information may be carried in an IE sent by one or more network devices.
  • the IE may be ServingCellConfig, PDCCH-ServingCellConfig, or PDSCH-ServingCellConfig.
  • the IE is used to configure the serving cell, or the IE is sent by the serving cell.
  • the configuration information may be used to configure the transmission of the first transmission.
  • the first transmission may be an uplink transmission of the terminal, or the first transmission may be a public uplink transmission.
  • the public uplink transmission may include: various uplink public signals and/or public uplink channel information.
  • the configuration information can be used to configure the transmission of the first transmission, which may mean that the configuration information can be used to configure the transmission type of the first transmission, the resource location of the first transmission, the sending method of the first transmission, etc.
  • the sending mode of the first transmission may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: continuous sending; repeated sending; multiple sending at intervals based on a time window, etc.
  • continuous sending may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: continuous sending; repeated sending; multiple sending at intervals based on a time window, etc.
  • the base station of the secondary cell sends configuration information to the terminal, and the configuration information can be used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the primary cell and/or the secondary cell.
  • the term "trigger” may be understood as “request.”
  • the second transmission may be a semi-statically configured and/or periodically configured downlink transmission.
  • Cyclic shift information indicating a cyclic shift value of a sequence used for the first transmission
  • Frequency domain position information used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission
  • the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • Resource block RB information indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission
  • Comb information indicating a comb pattern, a number of comb patterns and/or a comb offset used by the first transmission
  • Resource unit RE information indicates the number of REs and/or RE offset occupied by the first transmission.
  • the RE offset here can be used to determine the position of the first RE used to send the first transmission on an RB.
  • the time domain position can be used to determine the radio frame, time slot, mini-time slot or symbol used by the terminal to send the first transmission.
  • the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • Starting time domain position information indicating the starting time domain position of the first transmission
  • timeslot information indicating a timeslot in which the first transmission occurs
  • Duration information indicating the duration of the first transmission once
  • the transmission parameters may also include:
  • the window information may indicate a first time window for the terminal to receive a second transmission after sending the first transmission in the first time window.
  • the window information indicates the duration of the first time window.
  • the starting time of the first time window may be the sending time of the first transmission or a specified time after the sending time of the first transmission. For example, there is a specified time length between the specified time and the sending time, so that the network device and the terminal unify the starting time of the first time window.
  • the terminal may have one or more ports, and the port information may indicate the port through which the terminal sends the first transmission.
  • the port information may include, but is not limited to, information such as a port number.
  • the format of the first transmission may be indicated by format information.
  • the uplink information is physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) information
  • the format may indicate the format used by the PUCCH information.
  • the format information may indicate the use of format 1 or format 2, etc.
  • the transmission parameter may further include: a coding mode of the first transmission, etc.
  • the coding mode may indicate a coding format of uplink information, thereby achieving consistent understanding of coding and decoding information between the terminal and the network device.
  • the configuration information of the first transmission can also be used to configure a mapping relationship between the first transmission and the second transmission. Based on the mapping relationship, the terminal sends the corresponding first transmission to the first network device according to the second transmission requested by the terminal.
  • mapping relationship may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • mapping relationship between a beam used for the first transmission and one or more of a type, a transmission density, a transmission number, and a transmission beam for the second transmission;
  • the reference signal may include a first type of signal and a second type of signal.
  • the first type of signal may be a signal dedicated to triggering the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission.
  • the first type of signal may have a function, which is to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission.
  • the second type of signal may be a signal with multiple functions.
  • the function of triggering the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission is one of the functions of the second type of signal.
  • the multiple functions of the second type of signal may also include functions defined in related technologies.
  • the second type of signal may include but is not limited to a sounding reference signal.
  • the sounding reference signal originally has the function of estimating the uplink channel quality.
  • the SRS may be multiplexed to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send a second transmission signal. That is, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the SRS is added with the function of triggering the first network device and/or the second network device to send a second transmission.
  • the second type of signal includes: a first signal and a second signal.
  • the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; and the function of the first signal is different from the function of the second signal.
  • the SRS may be a first SRS and a second SRS.
  • the first SRS may be used for uplink channel estimation
  • the second SRS may be used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission.
  • the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal; and/or,
  • the sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal; and/or,
  • the function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal; and/or,
  • the IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal.
  • the network device can distinguish the first signal from the second signal, and can independently configure the first signal and the second signal.
  • the terminal can also distinguish whether the current configuration information is for the first signal or the second signal.
  • the IE for configuring the second signal and the IE for configuring the first signal may be included in the same network message or in different network messages.
  • the network message may include any message sent by a network device, such as a system information block, a radio resource control RRC message, or a control element (CE) of a media access control MAC.
  • a network device such as a system information block, a radio resource control RRC message, or a control element (CE) of a media access control MAC.
  • the uplink information may include: PUCCH information and/or PRACH information.
  • the PUCCH information may include any information sent on the PUCCH.
  • the PUSCH information may be common PUCCH information.
  • the PRACH information may include any information sent on the PRACH, including but not limited to message 1 of the four-step random access and/or message A of the two-step random access.
  • the PRACH may be a contention-based PRACH.
  • the uplink information may also include: Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) information.
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the PUSCH information may be any information transmitted on the PUSCH channel.
  • the second transmission includes at least one of the following:
  • SIB System Information Block SIB
  • the SIB may include SIB1.
  • the SIB may include SIB1, SIB2 and/or SIB12, etc.
  • the downlink reference signal may be various cell-level signals or terminal-level signals.
  • the downlink reference signal may be used by the terminal to discover the cell that sends the signal and/or to establish downlink synchronization with the cell.
  • the downlink channel information may be information sent on any downlink channel, for example, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), a physical downlink shared channel, etc.
  • a physical downlink control channel PDCH
  • a physical downlink shared channel etc.
  • the downlink reference signal includes at least one of the following:
  • Synchronous signal broadcast block SSB Synchronous signal broadcast block
  • the downlink reference signal may also include a demodulation reference signal and the like.
  • the sequence of the first transmission can be determined according to other parameters in the configuration information, thereby reducing the sequence information carried in the configuration information and reducing signaling overhead.
  • the sequence of the first transmission when the sequence of the first transmission is not determined by a predefined method such as a protocol, the sequence of the first transmission may also be determined according to other parameters agreed in the protocol, thereby reducing the sequence information carried in the configuration information.
  • the other parameters may include, but are not limited to, at least one of the parameters such as the port of the first transmission, the number of combs when the first transmission uses comb resources, and the cyclic shift of the sequence used by the first transmission.
  • the sequence corresponding to the port number 1 is used as the sequence of the first transmission.
  • sequences have different CSs, and the sequence of the first transmission may be determined according to the determined CS.
  • the CS corresponding to the first transmission may be equal to 0.
  • S2102 The terminal sends a first transmission to the network device.
  • the terminal may include a first type of terminal and a second type of terminal.
  • the first type of terminal may be a terminal that supports the network NES mechanism.
  • the second type of terminal may be a terminal that does not support the NES mechanism.
  • the second type of terminal may be an existing (legacy) terminal.
  • the terminal sends the first transmission to the first network device when there is a demand to obtain the second transmission.
  • the terminal sends the first transmission to the first network device based on the configuration information.
  • the terminal determines transmission parameters of the first transmission according to configuration information or pre-definition; and sends the first transmission to the first network device according to the determined transmission parameters.
  • the terminal sends a reference signal to the first network device.
  • the reference signal includes a first type of signal and/or a second type of signal.
  • the first type of signal has a first function, and the first function is to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission.
  • the second type of signal has a first function and a second function.
  • the first function is a function of triggering the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission.
  • the second function is different from the first function.
  • the second function may be an uplink channel detection function of the SRS.
  • the terminal sends uplink information to the first network device; the uplink information includes: physical uplink control channel PUCCH information and/or physical random access channel PRACH information.
  • the first transmission may be used to send SSBs and/or SIBs to an SSB-less or SIBless cell.
  • the first transmission may be used to send an SSB and/or a SIB to a cell performing cell discontinuous transmission or dormancy.
  • the transmission parameters and/or carried information of the first transmission may be used by the network device to determine the transmission parameters of the downlink transmission requested to be sent.
  • the transmission parameters of the first transmission include a sequence corresponding to the first transmission and/or a beam used by the first transmission.
  • the sending parameter of the downlink transmission may be the sending density of the downlink transmission and/or the index of the sent downlink transmission.
  • the first transmission is SRS
  • different sequences of SRS may correspond to different densities of downlink transmission.
  • the SSB is turned off.
  • the SSB turned off here means not sending the SSB.
  • the network device After receiving the SRS of sequence 1 and/or sequence 2, the network device sends 2 SSBs in one cycle. After receiving the SRS of sequence 3, the network device sends 4 SSBs in one cycle.
  • the SRS of sequence 1 and sequence 2 can be used to trigger the network device to send SSBs of different indexes.
  • the terminal sends the first transmission using different beams, which may correspond to the first network device and/or the second network device.
  • the device requests a different downstream transmission.
  • S2103 The network device sends a second transmission to the terminal.
  • the second transmission may be a common downlink transmission.
  • the public downlink transmission may include: a cell-level downlink signal and/or downlink channel information.
  • the common downlink transmission may be a downlink transmission shared by multiple terminals in a cell.
  • the public downlink transmission may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the SIB may include but is not limited to SIB1 and/or SIBn, where n may be any positive integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the second transmission may include at least SIB1.
  • SIB1 can be used to configure the transmission of other SIBs, so SIB1 is more important for the terminal.
  • the network device that sends the second transmission may be a network device that is currently in a dormant state.
  • the network device that sends the second transmission may be a network device that is currently executing the NES mechanism.
  • the network device sending the second transmission may be a network device currently executing a network energy saving (NES) mechanism.
  • the network energy saving mechanism may include but is not limited to: discontinuous transmission of a cell, discontinuous reception of a cell, intermittent activation of a cell, etc.
  • the network device may also be a network device in a working state, that is, the network device is neither in sleep mode nor executing the NES mechanism.
  • the network device that sends the second transmission may be a network device that sends downlink transmissions based on an on-demand mode.
  • the first network device sends the second transmission to the terminal.
  • the second network device sends the second transmission to the terminal.
  • the network device sends a second transmission to the terminal after receiving the first transmission.
  • the first network device sends a second transmission to the terminal after receiving the first transmission sent by the terminal.
  • the second network device after receiving the first transmission from the terminal that is forwarded or transparently transmitted by the first network device, the second network device sends a second transmission to the terminal.
  • the first network device sending the second transmission is the second network device, after receiving the first transmission, the first network device sends the first transmission to the second network device within the first time window of the second transmission, thereby triggering the second network device to send the second transmission.
  • the second transmission is sent to the terminal; otherwise, the second transmission is not sent to the terminal.
  • the first transmission may carry identification information indicating the requested second transmission
  • the network device may determine the second transmission to be transmitted based on the identification information, and comprehensively determine whether to send the second transmission based on the function of the second transmission and whether it is currently in a dormant state or the expected duration of maintaining NES execution.
  • the network device may determine whether to send the second transmission to the terminal according to request conditions such as the number of terminals requesting the same second transmission and/or the number of requests in the cell.
  • the network device determines to send the second transmission upon receiving the first transmission.
  • the first time window may also be indicated by network signaling other than the aforementioned configuration information.
  • the network signaling may include physical layer signaling and/or high-layer signaling.
  • the physical layer signaling may include but is not limited to downlink control information.
  • the high-layer signaling may include but is not limited to RRC signaling.
  • the first transmissions that continue to be sent may be used to request the remaining second transmissions that have not been received.
  • the terminal may also request a new second transmission by resending the first transmission.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a downlink transmission triggering method, which can be executed by a terminal.
  • the method may include:
  • the terminal receives configuration information sent by the second network device.
  • S3101 may be omitted, and the transmission parameters of the first transmission may be determined in a predefined manner.
  • the first network device and/or the second transmission please refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .
  • the second transmission is received within a first time window in which the first transmission was sent.
  • S3103 can be performed as an embodiment alone, for example, when other terminals send the first transmission to the network device and the second transmission is broadcast, S3103 can be performed alone. In some implementations, S3103 can be implemented in combination with one or two of S3101 to S3102.
  • the first network device may consider that the first transmission is a request for the second network device to send the second transmission.
  • the first transmission will then be forwarded or transparently transmitted to the second network device by the first network device. In this way, the terminal will receive the second transmission sent by the second network device.
  • a device identifier of a second network device for example, a base station identifier
  • the cell identifier of the second network device is the cell identifier of the second network device.
  • the first network device may be a network device of a regular cell.
  • the regular cell may be a cell that periodically sends downlink transmissions.
  • the regular cell is associated with a cell A that does not periodically send downlink transmissions.
  • the first network device receives the first transmission, it defaults to requesting the downlink transmission of cell A, so the first network device forwards or transparently transmits the first transmission to the second network device. Therefore, the terminal receives the downlink transmission sent by the second network device.
  • the terminal receives a second transmission from the second network device.
  • the terminal does not receive the second transmission or fails to decode the received second transmission and continues to send the first transmission.
  • the terminal does not receive the second transmission within a first time window after sending the first transmission, and continues to send the first transmission.
  • an optional implementation manner in which the terminal continues to send the first transmission may refer to S2104 of the corresponding embodiment of FIG. 2 .
  • S3104 can be implemented in combination with S3102, or S3104 can be implemented in combination with S3101 and S3102.
  • S3101, S3103 and S3104 can all be optional steps.
  • the transmission participation of the first transmission is determined in a predefined manner, and the terminal does not need to receive configuration information from the network device.
  • the network device determines that there is no second transmission, and the terminal cannot receive the second transmission. Or the terminal's need to obtain the second transmission disappears, and the terminal may not execute S3103.
  • the terminal may not continue to send the first transmission. For example, after the terminal sends the first transmission a specified number of times and still does not receive the second transmission, it can be assumed that the network device will not send the second transmission. In order to avoid interference in the wireless environment, the first transmission will no longer be sent, and S3104 can be omitted.
  • the specified number of times can be 1 or more.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a downlink transmission triggering method, which can be executed by a first network device.
  • the method may include:
  • the first network device broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the configuration information to the terminal.
  • the information content and/or carried signaling of the configuration information may refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .
  • S4101 can be executed independently as an embodiment to configure the first transmission for the terminal, but the final terminal may not send the first transmission, and the steps of sending the second transmission are not involved.
  • S4102 Receive a first transmission.
  • the receiving terminal broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the first transmission.
  • the first network device receives the first transmission according to configuration information or pre-definition.
  • the relevant description of the first transmission can refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .
  • S4102 can be executed independently as an embodiment, but the second network device determines not to send the second transmission, and the terminal does not continue to send the first transmission.
  • the first network device sends a second transmission to the terminal.
  • the first network device broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the second transmission to the terminals.
  • the relevant description of the second transmission can refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .
  • S4103 can be combined with any one of S4102 and S4103 to implement the embodiment.
  • S4104 Send the first transmission.
  • the first network device sends a first transmission to the second network device. As shown in Figure 4C, the first network device sends a first transmission to the second network device.
  • the first network device forwards the first transmission to the second network device while sending the second transmission to the terminal to trigger the second network device to send the second transmission.
  • the first network device transparently transmits or forwards the first transmission to the second network device.
  • the first network device sends the first transmission to the second network device based on the base station interface between the first network device and the second network device.
  • the first network device sends the first transmission to the second network device based on the tunnel between the first network device and the second network device.
  • S4104 can be combined with S4102 as an embodiment, or it can be a combination embodiment of S4104, S4101 and S4102.
  • the first transmission is continued to be received after a first time window separating the second transmission from the previous first transmission.
  • S4105 can be a combined embodiment with S4102, or it can be a combination of S4105 and S4102 and combined with one or more of S4101, S4103 and S4104.
  • the first time window of the second transmission may refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .
  • S4101, S4103, and S4104 to S4105 can all be optional steps. For example, if the transmission participation of the first transmission is determined in a predefined manner, the first network device does not need to send configuration information. For another example, if the configuration information is sent by the second network device, the first network device does not need to send configuration information. Therefore, S4101 can be omitted. After receiving the first transmission, the first network device determines that there is no second transmission, and S4103 can be omitted. If the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device to send the second transmission, S4103 can also be omitted. If the first transmission requests the first network device to send the second transmission, S4104 can be omitted.
  • the first network device may not continue to send the first transmission, and S4105 can be omitted. For example, if the terminal still does not receive the second transmission after sending the first transmission for a specified number of times, it can be assumed that the network device will not send the second transmission. In order to avoid interference in the wireless environment, the first transmission will no longer be sent, so S4105 can be omitted.
  • the specified number of times can be 1 or more.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a downlink transmission triggering method, which can be executed by a second network device.
  • the method may include:
  • the second network device broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the configuration information to the terminal.
  • the information content and/or carried signaling of the configuration information may refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .
  • S5101 can be executed independently as an embodiment to configure the first transmission for the terminal.
  • a first transmission is received from a first network device.
  • the relevant description of the first transmission can refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .
  • the relevant description of the second transmission can refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .
  • the network device stops sending the corresponding SSB based on business demand conditions, etc.
  • the configuration information of the SSB is carried by the serving cell configuration SIB (ServingCellConfigCommonSIB) information unit of the SSB.
  • serving cell configuration SIB Serving CellConfigCommonSIB
  • SSB burst may include two fields, namely: inOneGroup field and groupPresence field. Both fields may include 8-bit bit string (BIT STRING).
  • the SSB frequency domain position can be determined as follows:
  • SSB occupies 20 resource blocks (RBs) in the frequency domain.
  • Method 1 Configure SIB1 based on the Master Information Block (MIB).
  • the physical downlink control channel configuration SIB1 (pdcch-ConfigSIB1) in the MIB is used to indicate the control resource set (CORESET) #0 and search space (SearchSpace) #0 of the DCI format0_1 (SI-RNTI) scrambled by scheduling SIB1.
  • the default period of SIB1 can be 20ms.
  • the terminal blindly detects the corresponding downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) to obtain the transmission indication of SIB1.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the terminal receives the corresponding physical downlink shared channel information at the position indicated by the terminal, and parses the physical downlink shared channel information to obtain SIB1.
  • PDCCH-configCommon IE includes: search space (SS) SIB1 configuration and/or control resource set (CORESET) #0 and search space (SearchSpace) #0 configuration.
  • the SIB1 acquisition of the corresponding secondary cell is configured through the serving cell common (servingcellConfigCommon) IE and the dedicated SIB1 transmission (dedicatedSIB1-Delivery) IE.
  • servingcellConfigCommon serving cellConfigCommon
  • dedicated SIB1 transmission dedicatedSIB1-Delivery
  • SRS is configured based on the following:
  • ServingCellConfig IE includes UplinkConfig IE.
  • UplinkConfig IE includes BWP-Uplink IE.
  • BWP-Uplink IE includes BWP-UplinkDedicated IE.
  • BWP-UplinkDedicated IE includes SRS-config IE.
  • the SRS-configIE is the configuration information of SRS.
  • the SRS usage is as follows:
  • the frequency domain location of the SRS can be determined by RRC signaling configuration:
  • the RB location of the SRS can be determined as follows:
  • the number of RBs occupied by SRS may be determined based on c-SRS, which is configured based on high-layer signaling.
  • the RB starting position of SRS is determined based on the frequency shift (freqDomainShift(n shift )).
  • the SRS frequency domain starting reference position is the lowest position of the activated BWP.
  • the time domain position of the SRS can be determined by RRC signaling configuration.
  • the time slot t can be configured based on the semi-static period and offset (SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset), and the symbol starting position and symbol length of SRS in the time slot are indicated based on the start position (startPosition) field and the number of symbols (nrofSymbols) field.
  • startPosition start position
  • nrofSymbols number of symbols
  • the corresponding SRS transmission is based on MAC CE triggering and takes SRS resource set as the granularity.
  • the transmission of the corresponding SRS resource set is triggered based on the SRS request trigger in DCI 0_1 or DCI 0_2.
  • the corresponding SRS sequence is determined based on the ZC sequence, and the sequence is related to the antenna port CS ⁇ i is related to the transmission comb value Comb K TC ⁇ 2,4,8 ⁇ .
  • the downlink transmission processing method on the terminal side may be as follows:
  • the terminal supports network energy saving by sending SRS signaling to the base station to request the base station to send downlink signals and/or information, where the signals and/or information include at least SSB and/or SIB1.
  • the terminal requests the NES base station to send downlink signals and/or channels in the following manner:
  • a terminal supporting network energy saving determines time-frequency domain resources for transmitting a reference signal and a reference signal, and sends the reference signal.
  • Mode 1-1 The terminal determines the time-frequency domain resources of the reference signal and the reference signal based on the configuration information, and sends the reference signal based on the configuration information.
  • the terminal sending the reference signal SIB1/SSB based on the configuration information may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:
  • the terminal obtains configuration information based on cell 1, and sends a reference signal on cell 1 to request SIB1/SSB of cell 2;
  • the terminal obtains configuration information based on cell 1, and sends a reference signal on cell 2 to request SIB1/SSB of cell 2;
  • the terminal obtains configuration information based on cell 2, and sends a reference signal on cell 2 to request SIB1/SSB of cell 2.
  • Mode 1-2 The terminal supporting network energy saving determines the time-frequency domain resources and reference signal of the reference signal based on a predefined method.
  • Method 1-3-2 When the terminal does not receive the corresponding SIB1/SSB in the first time window, it continues to send the reference signal.
  • Mode 2 The terminal distinguishes the reference signal used for SIB1/SSB request information based on the following method and transmits the corresponding reference signal.
  • the following example takes the reference signal as SRS, but the actual reference signal is not limited to SRS.
  • Method 2-1 The terminal determines the SRS for SIB1/SSB request information based on the time-frequency domain position of the SRS.
  • Method 2-2 The terminal determines the SRS for SIB1/SSB request information based on the SRS corresponding sequence.
  • Method 2-3 The terminal determines the SRS used for SIB1/SSB request information based on the function (usage) corresponding to the SRS.
  • Method 2-4 After the terminal distinguishes the SRS used for SIB1/SSB request information, it sends the SRS and attempts to receive SIB1/SSB within the first time window based on the following method.
  • Methods 2-4 may also include at least one of the following:
  • Method 2-4-1 The first time window is determined based on signaling instructions or a predefined method.
  • Method 2-4-2 The terminal continues to send SRS when it does not receive the corresponding SIB1/SSB in the first time window.
  • Mode 3 The terminal determines the SRS configuration information and SRS sequence based on the following parameters.
  • Method 3-1 Time-frequency domain resources corresponding to SRS transmission.
  • Starting resource unit number of occupied RBs, corresponding Comb number, SRS symbol length, SRS symbol starting position, SRS transmission time slot and/or SRS period.
  • Mode 3-2 SRS sequence corresponding parameters: SRS corresponding port, cyclic shift, corresponding Comb number.
  • Method 3-4-1 SRS can be configured based on dedicated signaling.
  • Method 3-5-1 The first time window is determined based on signaling instructions or a predefined method.
  • Method 3-5-2 The terminal continues to send SRS if it does not receive the corresponding SIB1/SSB in the first time window.
  • the downlink transmission processing method on the base station side may be as follows:
  • a base station supporting network energy saving receives SSB and/or SRS signaling of SIB1 requested by a terminal, and determines whether to send a downlink signal and/or information according to the request.
  • Mode 1 The base station determines the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal and the reference signal, and receives the reference signal according to the information.
  • Mode 1-1 The base station determines the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal and the reference signal, and sends an indication signaling.
  • Mode 1-2 The base station determines the time-frequency domain resources and the reference signal of the reference signal based on a predefined method.
  • Method 2 The base station distinguishes the SRS used for SIB1/SSB request information based on the following method.
  • Method 2-1 The base station determines the SRS for SIB1/SSB request information based on the time-frequency domain position of the SRS.
  • Method 2-2 The base station determines the SRS for SIB1/SSB request information based on the SRS corresponding sequence.
  • Mode 2-3 The base station determines the SRS for SIB1/SSB request information based on the function (usage) corresponding to the SRS;
  • Solution 3 The network side determines the SRS configuration information and SRS sequence based on the following parameters.
  • Method 3-1 The specific method is similar to that on the terminal side and will not be repeated here;
  • the terminal is a Rel-18 or later version terminal, and the terminal is a terminal that supports the NES feature.
  • the network equipment may give up sending the corresponding system information, such as SSB and/or SIB1/SIBn, or give up receiving the corresponding uplink signal, such as RACH, etc. within a certain period of time, the terminal needs to give up receiving the system information or transmitting the uplink signal based on the corresponding network side behavior.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure can also be applied in other scenarios, and the embodiment of the present disclosure is not limited to this.
  • the information can be called on-demand information.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure takes SSB and SIB1 as an example, and the information is on-demand SSB and/or SIB1 to illustrate the embodiment of the present disclosure. Other information is also within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present disclosure and will not be repeated here.
  • the on demand SSB/SIB status indication involved in the embodiment of the present disclosure includes at least one of the following:
  • the base station does not send SSB and does not transmit SIB1;
  • the base station does not send SSB but sends SIB1;
  • the base station sends SIB1 and does not send SSB;
  • the base station sends SSB and SIB1 as needed;
  • the base station sends SIB1 and SSB as needed.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure mainly aims at sending a corresponding reference signal to request the base station to transmit the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1 when the base station does not transmit SSB or SIB1 and the terminal needs to send a system message corresponding to SSB and/or SIB1.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure mainly designs reference signals to implement the above information request process. Based on this, the process related to the embodiment of the present disclosure is as follows:
  • the base station is a base station that supports network energy-saving technology.
  • the base station can choose to stop sending some downlink signals or channels according to the network load, the number of resident terminals, the type of service, the service period, etc.
  • the decision-making process and strategy of whether the base station sends some downlink signals or channels are not limited in any way in the disclosed embodiment.
  • the base station After the base station receives the indication information sent by the terminal, it can choose to resume sending the downlink signal or channel according to the request information of the terminal.
  • the base station determines to send any one or any combination of the following downlink signals or channels: SSB, SIB1, TRS, PDCCH, PDSCH, CSI-RS.
  • the downlink signal may also include: PSS and SSS, DRS, etc.
  • the downlink signal may also include other newly defined downlink reference signals.
  • the terminal sends PUCCH information on the PUCCH, and requests the base station to send a downlink signal and/or a signal through the PUCCH information.
  • the terminal carries the request information through a reference signal, which is referred to as a reference signal in the subsequent description.
  • the PUCCH information here is a type of the aforementioned first transmission.
  • the first transmission may also include various reference signals.
  • the following is an example of a reference signal.
  • the reference signal can be replaced by "first transmission".
  • the disclosed embodiment does not limit the type of cell-specific signaling, such as SIB1 or other SIBs.
  • it is determined according to the configuration information in the UE-dedicated RRC signaling sent by the base station.
  • it is determined in a manner predefined by the protocol that is, the terminal sends a reference signal on the default resource specified in the protocol.
  • the reference signal can be used to request a base station downlink transmission.
  • the transmission resource used to send the reference signal it is an additional transmission resource configured or determined by any of the aforementioned methods, and the transmission resource is different from the traditional resource used to carry ACK/NACK or scheduling request (SR).
  • the transmission resource used to send the reference signal is shared with the existing (legacy) transmission resource, that is, through any of the aforementioned methods, one or more transmission resources are selected in the transmission resource set (set) for sending the indication information requesting the base station to transmit downlink.
  • the base station needs to inform the terminal of the transmission resource identifier used to send the indication information requesting the base station to transmit downlink, and the transmission resource cannot be used to send CSI information or HARQ confirmation information or SR resources.
  • the terminal needs to determine the transmission resource identifier used to send the downlink transmission indication information in a predefined manner, for example, the transmission resource with the smallest identifier or the largest identifier in the set.
  • the configuration information is not released.
  • the terminal can still send PUCCH format #2 on the corresponding time-frequency resources according to the configuration information to request the base station to send the corresponding downlink signal or channel.
  • T is determined according to the terminal capability, or determined by the configuration information sent by the base station. This T may correspond to the aforementioned first time window. That is, the first time window may be determined according to the capability of the terminal and/or the one-sided time interval for sending and receiving information between the base station and the terminal.
  • the base station After detecting and receiving the reference signal sent by the terminal, the base station sends the downlink signal or channel requested by the terminal.
  • the downlink channel of the reference signal can be any one or any combination of the aforementioned channels or signals, and the embodiments of the present disclosure do not impose any limitations.
  • the base station can selectively send other signals or signals, and the embodiments of the present disclosure do not impose any limitations.
  • the terminal can request the base station to send SSB through eight different information reference signals.
  • the information ratio is equal to 3 bits
  • the transmission pattern of SSB is case A at this time, and it is below 3GHz, so there are 4 SSBs in the system.
  • the correspondence between the reference signal sent by the terminal and the SSB is as follows, and the correspondence is determined by any of the aforementioned methods:
  • 001 corresponds to SSB#2 and SSB#3;
  • 010 corresponds to SSB#0, SSB#1, SSB#2, and SSB#3;
  • the terminal sends different reference signals at three different reference signal transmission positions.
  • the base station does not need to send SSB.
  • SSB#0 and SSB#1 are sent;
  • SSB#2 and SSB#3 are sent;
  • the base station receives the reference signal corresponding to '010' sent by the terminal, SSB#0, SSB#1, SSB#2 and SSB#4 are sent.
  • Other indication information is similar and will not be repeated here.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present disclosure is not limited to SSB, nor is it limited to the correspondence between the reference signal and the downlink signal.
  • the correspondence between the reference signal sent by the terminal and SIB1 is as follows, and the correspondence is determined by any of the above methods:
  • 001 corresponds to SIB1 transmitted by beam #2;
  • 010 corresponds to SIB1 transmitted by beam #3;
  • 011 corresponds to SIB1 transmitted by beam #4;
  • 100 corresponds to SIB1 transmitted in no beam.
  • the terminal obtains the corresponding SRS configuration information based on cell 1, and sends the corresponding SRS request information of cell 1 in cell 1 when it needs to request the base station corresponding to cell 2 to send SIB1 in cell 2.
  • cell 2 is a cell that transmits SSB and/or SIB1 in on demand mode.
  • the cell can be called a non-anchor cell.
  • the terminal needs to transmit SIB1, it needs to send the corresponding SIB1/SSB request information.
  • cell 1 may be a cell that normally sends SSB and/or SIB1.
  • the cell may be referred to as an anchor cell.
  • the anchor cell may configure the SRS configuration for SIB1/SSB request of one or more other cells (eg, non-anchor cells), and at the same time, may also receive SIB1/SSB request information corresponding to multiple non-anchor cells.
  • other cells eg, non-anchor cells
  • the UE sends SIB1/SSB request information for cell 2 on cell 1.
  • the base station corresponding to cell 1 transmits the request information to the base station corresponding to cell 2.
  • the base station corresponding to cell 2 can decide whether to send SSB and SIB1 as needed;
  • the SRS configuration for SIB1/SSB request may include one or more of the following parameters:
  • Cell ID The cell ID is the identifier of the non-anchor cell
  • Frequency information the frequency point, frequency band or carrier frequency used by non-anchor cells
  • SSB SSB related information corresponding to the non-anchor cell, such as SSB index and/or frequency domain range.
  • the time and frequency domain resources corresponding to SRS starting frequency domain resource unit, number of RBs occupied by the frequency domain, corresponding Comb number, SRS symbol length, SRS symbol starting position, SRS transmission time slot, period, frequency hopping (Frequency Hop, FH), etc.
  • starting frequency domain resource unit number of RBs occupied by the frequency domain
  • Comb number number of RBs occupied by the frequency domain
  • SRS symbol length number of RBs occupied by the frequency domain
  • SRS symbol starting position SRS symbol starting position
  • SRS transmission time slot period
  • frequency hopping Frequency Hop, FH
  • Sequence information corresponding to SRS number of ports corresponding to SRS, number of CS corresponding to SRS, number of Combs corresponding to SRS, etc.
  • SRS Sequence information corresponding to SRS: number of ports corresponding to SRS, number of CS corresponding to SRS, number of Combs corresponding to SRS, etc.
  • the UE may transmit a corresponding reference signal based on the configuration information.
  • the cell corresponding to the request information SRS may be determined based on a predefined method. For example, different cells are associated with different CSs, and when the terminal wants to request SIB1 of cell 2, the CS corresponding to cell 2 may generate an SRS sequence.
  • the base station may also determine the corresponding associated cell based on the CS, so as to perform subsequent operations.
  • the UE obtains the corresponding SRS configuration in cell 1, and sends the corresponding SIB1/SSB request information in cell 2 based on the above configuration. After receiving the above request information, the base station corresponding to cell 2 can decide whether to send SSB and SIB1 as needed;
  • the SRS configuration for SIB1/SSB request is similar to that in implementation scenario 1 and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal obtains the corresponding SRS configuration information based on cell 2, and sends the corresponding SRS request information of cell 2 in cell 2 when it needs to request the base station corresponding to cell 2 to send SIB1 in cell 2.
  • cell 2 is a cell that transmits SSB and/or SIB1 in on-demand mode.
  • cell 2 needs to be configured with corresponding SRS configuration information, and the terminal needs to send corresponding SIB1/SSB request information when corresponding SIB1 transmission is required.
  • cell 2 may require the terminal to obtain the corresponding SRS configuration information before obtaining SIB1.
  • the configuration information needs to be determined through SSB (eg, MIB) configuration or newly defined downlink Common signaling.
  • the configuration information is determined based on Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, and will not be described in detail here.
  • a pattern of SRS configuration information is determined based on a predefined method.
  • the pattern may be determined based on configuration information.
  • the configuration information is determined based on Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, which will not be described in detail here.
  • cell 2 determines one of the predefined patterns based on the pdcch-ConfigSIB1 configuration.
  • the UE before the UE obtains SIB1, the UE cannot obtain the frequency domain information corresponding to the initial UL BWP. It can only obtain the frequency domain information of the SSB.
  • the resource location of the SRS may use the frequency domain information corresponding to the SSB as a reference location. For details, see the definitions in Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the time domain position of SRS may use the time domain position corresponding to SSB as a reference position. See Examples 1 and 2 for specific definitions, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal determines the SRS configuration information based on pdcch-ConfigSIB1, or determines the pattern of the configuration information, and transmits SRS request SSB and/or SIB1 transmission based on the configuration information.
  • the terminal determines the SRS configuration information based on a predefined method, and when it needs to request the base station corresponding to cell 2 to send SIB1 in cell 2, the terminal sends the corresponding SRS of cell 2 in cell 2.
  • cell 2 is a cell that transmits SSB and/or SIB1 in on-demand mode.
  • cell 2 needs to be configured with corresponding SRS configuration information, and the terminal needs to send corresponding SIB1/SSB request information when corresponding SIB1 transmission is required.
  • cell 2 may require the terminal to obtain the corresponding SRS configuration information before obtaining SIB1. Accordingly, the terminal may need to determine the SRS configuration information based on the SSB corresponding to cell 2.
  • the specific configuration information is similar to the pattern of implementation scenario 3 and will not be repeated here.
  • the SRS configuration information needs to be determined in a predefined manner.
  • SRS configuration information see Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, which will not be described in detail here.
  • Step 2 The terminal determines that cell 2 is in an SSB and/or SIB1 off state.
  • the state determination may be based on signaling configuration or a predefined method.
  • the terminal determines whether SSB and/or SIB1 is turned on or off by display signaling.
  • the terminal determines whether to turn SSB and/or SIB1 on or off based on a predefined method.
  • the terminal attempts to receive SSB and/or SIB1 within a first time window, and after the terminal successfully receives SSB and/or SIB1, the terminal determines that it is in an on state of SSB and/or SIB1.
  • the terminal attempts to receive SSB and/or SIB1 within the first time window, but does not receive the corresponding SSB/SIB signal, and the terminal determines that it is in the SSB and/or SIB1 closed state.
  • the network device When SSB is turned on, the network device sends SSB periodically.
  • the network device When SSB is turned off, the network device will not send SSB periodically.
  • SIB1 When SIB1 is in the closed state, the network device will not send SIB1 periodically.
  • the network device When SIB1 is enabled, the network device will periodically send SIB1.
  • the first time window is determined based on signaling configuration or a predefined method, and specifically includes one or more of the following:
  • the starting position of the first time window is determined based on the following method:
  • the duration of the first time window is determined based on the following method:
  • a time unit can be a frame, a subframe, a time slot, or a symbol
  • M SSB transmission periods or, M SI-RNTI scrambled DCI 1_0 blind detection periods;
  • N/M is determined based on a predefined or signaling indication method. For example, N is equal to 2 and M is equal to 2.
  • Step 3 The terminal determines the SRS configuration information and sends corresponding SRS signaling to request SSB and/or SIB1 transmission.
  • Step 4-a The base station receives the SRS and determines that the SRS signaling is a signaling requesting SSB/SIB transmission.
  • SRS is mainly used for uplink channel detection, for example, corresponding to one of beam management, codebook-based measurement, non-codebook-based measurement, and antenna switching, and can be called the first SRS.
  • a new function is introduced for SRS, that is, the function of requesting information of SSB and/or SIB1, which can be called the second SRS.
  • the base station can be distinguished based on the following methods:
  • the terminal Based on the functional distinction corresponding to the SRS, different functions are configured for the first SRS and the second SRS, thereby achieving the purpose of distinguishing the SRS. From the perspective of the terminal, the terminal also distinguishes the first SRS and the second SRS based on the above method, and the specific method is similar to that of the base station, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 4-b The base station receives the SRS and determines whether to transmit the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1.
  • Step 5 After sending the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1 request information, the terminal starts trying to receive the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1.
  • the terminal attempts to receive SSB and/or SIB1 within the first time window, but does not receive the corresponding SSB/SIB signal. At this time, the terminal abandons SSB and/or SIB1 reception.
  • the starting position of the first time window is determined based on the following method:
  • the next SSB transmission period after the terminal sends the reference signal, and/or the DCI blind detection period corresponding to the first SIB after sending the reference signal;
  • the duration of the first time window is determined based on the following method:
  • M SSB transmission periods or, M blind detection periods of SI-RNTI scrambled DCI 1_0.
  • N/M is determined based on a predefined or signaling indication method. For example, N is equal to 2 and M is equal to 2.
  • the reference signal may be an SRS.
  • the terminal determines the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal and the corresponding reference signal sequence based on a predefined or signaling indication, and sends the corresponding reference signal.
  • the base station determines a reference signal sequence and time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal, and sends a signaling to indicate the above information.
  • Embodiment 1.1 Exemplarily, the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal are determined based on one or more of the following methods:
  • the reference signal starting unit starts at the common resource block (Comment resource block, CRB) #0.
  • the reference signal starting unit uses the uplink BWP lowest subcarrier position as a reference position. is the starting RB position of BWP.
  • n shift is a high-level configuration parameter.
  • the reference signal starting unit takes CRB#0 or point A (Point A) as the reference position.
  • the reference signal starting unit uses the frequency domain range where the SSB is located as a reference position.
  • the lowest subcarrier of the SSB, or the center frequency point corresponding to the SSB is used as a reference position, or the lowest subcarrier corresponding to the SSB, or the lowest subcarrier corresponding to the lowest RB that overlaps with the SSB.
  • Example 1.1.2 The number of occupied RBs may be determined as follows:
  • the number of occupied RBs is equal to 4, or the number of occupied RBs is equal to 8.
  • the reference signal resource is determined based on index 1 or index 2 of TS 38.211 Table 6.4.2.4.3-1.
  • the reference signal does not support frequency hopping in the frequency domain.
  • Embodiment 1.1.3 Corresponding Comb Number: For example, the Comb number is equal to 2 or the Comb number is equal to 8.
  • the RE shift of SRS within an RB is equal to 0.
  • Embodiment 1.1.4 The reference signal continuation symbol length may be determined as follows: illustratively, the symbol length is equal to a value such as 1 or 2.
  • Example 1.1.5 The starting position of the reference signal symbol may be as follows:
  • the reference signal symbol is the last symbol in a time slot.
  • the reference signal symbol is the first symbol in a time slot.
  • Embodiment 1.1.6 The period of the reference signal may be periodicity (P) or semiperiodicity (SP).
  • the SRS period is the same as the corresponding transmission period of SSB.
  • the time slot where the SRS is located is the time slot position after N time slots are offset based on the time slot where the SSB i is located as the reference position.
  • N is determined based on a predefined or signaling configuration method, and i can be any value, which can be specifically configured or predefined by the network device.
  • the base station triggers the SP SRS based on the MAC CE in the related technology.
  • the terminal After the terminal receives the trigger signaling, it determines the SP SRS as the reference signal based on the configuration of the SP SRS and the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the base station triggers the SP SRS based on the MAC CE signaling, and indicates whether the SP SRS is a reference signal that can be used to request SSB and/or SIB1 based on the MAC CE signaling.
  • the terminal When the terminal receives MAC CE, triggering the corresponding SP SRS transmission, and MAC CE indicates that the corresponding SP SRS is a reference signal, the terminal transmits the reference signal on demand based on the corresponding configuration.
  • Embodiment 1.2 Exemplarily, the corresponding reference signal sequence is determined based on one or more of the following methods:
  • Embodiment 1.2.1 SRS corresponds to a port, and the reference signal is an SRS with a port number equal to 1;
  • Embodiment 1.2.3 Comb number corresponding to SRS, illustratively, the Comb number corresponding to the reference signal is equal to 2, and the maximum number of CSs in the Comb number domain is determined based on the following table:
  • Embodiment 1.3 the reference signal corresponds to one or more of beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, and antennaSwitching.
  • the reference signal corresponds to one or more of beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, and antennaSwitching.
  • the reference signal corresponds to one or more of beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, and antennaSwitching.
  • Embodiment 1.4 Exemplarily, different SRS sequences may be associated with different SSBs, and/or different SRS sequences may be associated with different CSs.
  • the corresponding relationship can be determined based on the following method.
  • sequence #1 corresponds to SSB #0
  • sequence #2 corresponds to SSB #1
  • sequence #3 corresponds to SSB #2
  • sequence #4 corresponds to SSB #3
  • sequence #5 corresponds to SSB #0, SSB #1, SSB #2, and SSB #4.
  • the reference signal is a cell common signal determined based on an SRS sequence and time-frequency domain resources.
  • the terminal determines the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal and the corresponding reference signal sequence based on a predefined or signaling indication, and sends the corresponding reference signal.
  • the base station determines the reference signal sequence and the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal, and sends a configuration signaling.
  • the configuration information indicates information related to the above configuration.
  • Embodiment 2.1 Exemplarily, the reference signal is configured based on cell-level common signaling.
  • the reference signal is a cell-level common parameter configured based on UE-specific signaling, for example, a BWP-Uplinkdedicated configuration based on a ServingCellConfig configuration.
  • the reference signal is configured based on a system broadcast message, for example, the reference signal is configured based on pdcch-ConfigSIB1 of the MIB.
  • Embodiment 2.2 Defining a reference signal dedicated function.
  • the dedicated function may be a function of requesting a network device to send an SSB and/or a SIB.
  • the reference signal function includes but does not precede any one of beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, antennaSwitching, SSB and/or SIB request.
  • Embodiment 2.3 Exemplarily, the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal are determined based on Embodiment 1.1, which will not be described in detail here.
  • Embodiment 2.4 Exemplarily, the transmission reference signal sequence is determined in Embodiment 1.2 and will not be described in detail here.
  • the disclosed embodiment is mainly based on the SRS mechanism, and the reference signal is designed to trigger the corresponding on-demand signal ServingCellConfig transmission request. It is beneficial to achieve network energy saving while ensuring the communication performance of the terminal and achieving consistent understanding between the base station and the terminal.
  • part or all of the steps and their optional implementations may be arbitrarily combined with part or all of the steps in other embodiments, or may be arbitrarily combined with optional implementations of other embodiments.
  • part or all of the steps and their optional implementations may be arbitrarily combined with part or all of the steps in other embodiments, or may be arbitrarily combined with optional implementations of other embodiments.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a device for implementing any of the above methods, for example, a device is provided, the above device includes a unit or module for implementing each step performed by the terminal in any of the above methods.
  • a device for example, a device is provided, the above device includes a unit or module for implementing each step performed by the terminal in any of the above methods.
  • another device is provided, including a unit or module for implementing each step performed by a network device (for example, an access network device, or a core network device, etc.) in any of the above methods.
  • a network device for example, an access network device, or a core network device, etc.
  • the division of the units or modules in the above device is only a division of logical functions, which can be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity or physically separated in actual implementation.
  • the units or modules in the device can be implemented in the form of a processor calling software: for example, the device includes a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, and instructions are stored in the memory.
  • the processor calls the instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods or implement the functions of the units or modules of the above device, wherein the processor is, for example, a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or a microprocessor, and the memory is a memory inside the device or a memory outside the device.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • microprocessor a microprocessor
  • the units or modules in the device may be implemented in the form of hardware circuits, and the functions of some or all of the units or modules may be implemented by designing the hardware circuits.
  • the hardware circuits may be understood as one or more processors; for example, in one implementation, the hardware circuits are application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and the functions of some or all of the above units or modules may be implemented by designing the logical relationship of the components in the circuits; for another example, in another implementation, the hardware circuits may be implemented by programmable logic devices (PLDs), and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) may be used as an example, which may include a large number of logic gate circuits, and the connection relationship between the logic gate circuits may be configured by configuring the configuration files, thereby implementing the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. All units or modules of the above devices may be implemented in the form of software called by the processor, or in the form of hardware circuits, or in the form of software called by the processor, and the remaining part may be implemented in
  • the processor is a circuit with signal processing capability.
  • the processor may be a circuit with instruction reading and execution capability, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, a graphics processing unit (GPU) (which may be understood as a microprocessor), or a digital signal processor (DSP); in another implementation, the processor may implement certain functions through the logical relationship of a hardware circuit, and the logical relationship of the above hardware circuit may be fixed or reconfigurable, such as a hardware circuit implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD), such as an FPGA.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the process of the processor loading a configuration document to implement the hardware circuit configuration may be understood as the process of the processor loading instructions to implement the functions of some or all of the above units or modules.
  • it can also be a hardware circuit designed for artificial intelligence, which can be understood as an ASIC, such as a neural network processing unit (NPU), a tensor processing unit (TPU), a deep learning processing unit (DPU), etc.
  • NPU neural network processing unit
  • TPU tensor processing unit
  • DPU deep learning processing unit
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a terminal, wherein the terminal includes:
  • the sending module 6101 is configured to send a first transmission to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.
  • the terminal may further include: a processing module and/or a receiving module.
  • the sending module and/or the receiving module may correspond to a network interface and/or a transceiver antenna of the terminal.
  • the processing module can be used by the terminal to execute steps related to information processing in any downlink transmission triggering method.
  • the sending module can be used by the terminal to execute steps related to information sending in any downlink transmission triggering method.
  • the receiving module may be used by the terminal to execute steps related to information sending in any downlink transmission triggering method.
  • the sending module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the uplink information includes: physical uplink control channel PUCCH information and/or physical random access channel PRACH information.
  • the reference signal comprises a sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the reference signal includes: a first signal and a second signal; the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; the function of the first signal is different from the function of the second signal.
  • the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal
  • the sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal
  • the function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal
  • an information element IE configuring the reference signal it is determined whether the reference signal includes the second signal; the IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal.
  • the processing module is configured to determine transmission parameters of the first transmission; the transmission parameters include: a signal corresponding to the first transmission and/or a resource location of the first transmission.
  • the processing module is configured to perform one of the following:
  • the transmission parameters are determined according to a predefined method.
  • the first network device corresponds to a first cell; the second network device corresponds to a second cell; and the receiving module is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the configuration information being used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell;
  • the configuration information is received from the second cell, where the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell.
  • the sending module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the transmission parameter indicates at least one of the following:
  • Time domain position information used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission
  • sequence information indicating a sequence used by the first transmission
  • Port information indicating a sending port for the first transmission
  • Cyclic shift information indicating a cyclic shift value of a sequence used for the first transmission
  • Frequency domain position information used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission
  • the format information is used to indicate the format of the first transmission.
  • the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • Starting time domain position information indicating the starting time domain position of the first transmission
  • timeslot information indicating a timeslot in which the first transmission occurs
  • Duration information indicating the duration of the first transmission once
  • the period information indicates the period of the first transmission.
  • the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • Resource block RB information indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission
  • comb information indicating the number of combs when the first transmission uses the comb resource
  • Resource unit RE information indicates the number of REs and/or RE offset occupied by the first transmission.
  • the determining of the transmission parameters of the first transmission further comprises:
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the second transmission within a first time window after sending the first transmission.
  • the first time window is determined according to a predefined method.
  • the time window is determined according to network signaling.
  • the sending module is configured to continue sending the first transmission to the first network device if the second transmission is not received within the first time window.
  • the second transmission includes at least one of the following:
  • SIB System Information Block SIB
  • the downlink reference signal includes at least one of the following:
  • Synchronous signal broadcast block SSB Synchronous signal broadcast block
  • the downlink channel information includes at least one of the following:
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a first network device, wherein the network device includes:
  • the receiving module 6201 is configured to receive a first transmission sent by a terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission.
  • the network device may further include: a processing module and/or a receiving module.
  • the processing module may be configured to execute any steps related to information processing in the downlink transmission triggering method executed by the first network device.
  • the sending module and/or the receiving module may correspond to a network interface and/or a transceiver antenna of the first network device.
  • the receiving module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the reference signal includes a first type of signal and/or a reference signal
  • the reference signal comprises a sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the reference signal includes: a first signal and a second signal; the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; the function of the first signal is different from that of the second signal.
  • the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal; and/or,
  • the sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal; and/or,
  • the function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal; and/or,
  • the information element IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal.
  • the processing module is configured to determine transmission parameters of the first transmission; the transmission parameters include: a signal corresponding to the first transmission and/or a resource location of the first transmission.
  • the processing module is configured to determine the transmission parameter according to the configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device; and determine the transmission parameter according to a predefined method.
  • the first network device corresponds to a first cell; the second network device corresponds to a second cell;
  • the first cell is used to send the configuration information; the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell; or,
  • the second cell is used to send the configuration information; the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell.
  • the configuration information is carried in proprietary signaling; or,
  • the configuration information is carried in public signaling; or,
  • the configuration information is carried in the broadcast signaling.
  • the transmission parameter indicates at least one of the following:
  • Time domain position information used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission
  • sequence information indicating a sequence used by the first transmission
  • Port information indicating a sending port for the first transmission
  • Cyclic shift information indicating a cyclic shift value of a sequence used for the first transmission
  • Frequency domain position information used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission
  • the format information is used to indicate the format of the first transmission.
  • the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • Starting time domain position information indicating the starting time domain position of the first transmission
  • timeslot information indicating a timeslot in which the first transmission occurs
  • Duration information indicating the duration of the first transmission once
  • the period information indicates the period of the first transmission.
  • the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:
  • Resource block RB information indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission
  • comb information indicating the number of combs when the first transmission uses the comb resource
  • Resource unit RE information indicates the number of REs occupied by the first transmission.
  • the processing module is configured to determine a sequence of the first transmission according to a port of the first transmission and a comb number when the first transmission uses a comb resource.
  • the receiving module is configured to send the second transmission within a first time window after receiving the first transmission; or, after receiving the first transmission, send the first transmission to the second network device within a first time window.
  • the processing module is configured to determine the first time window according to a predefined method; or determine the time window according to network signaling.
  • the second transmission includes at least one of the following:
  • SIB System Information Block SIB
  • the downlink reference signal includes at least one of the following:
  • Synchronous signal broadcast block SSB Synchronous signal broadcast block
  • the downlink channel information includes at least one of the following:
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a second network device, comprising:
  • the second network device may further include: a processing module and/or a receiving module.
  • the processing module may be configured to execute any steps related to information processing in the downlink transmission triggering method executed by the second network device.
  • the sending module and/or the receiving module may correspond to a network interface and/or a transceiver antenna of the second network device.
  • the sending module is configured to send configuration information to the terminal; the configuration information is used by the terminal to determine transmission parameters of the first transmission.
  • the communication device 8100 further includes one or more memories 8102 for storing instructions.
  • the memory 8102 may also be outside the communication device 8100.
  • the communication device may be the aforementioned terminal and network device.
  • the network device may be a primary node and/or an auxiliary node.
  • the communication device 8100 further includes one or more transceivers 8103.
  • the communication steps such as sending and receiving in the above method are executed by the transceiver 8103, and the other steps are executed by the processor 8101.
  • the transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver and the transmitter may be separate or integrated.
  • the terms such as transceiver, transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, the terms such as transmitter, transmission unit, transmitter, transmission circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, and the terms such as receiver, receiving unit, receiver, receiving circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other.
  • the communication device 8100 further includes one or more interface circuits 8104, which are connected to the memory 8102.
  • the interface circuit 8104 can be used to receive signals from the memory 8102 or other devices, and can be used to send signals to the memory 8102 or other devices.
  • the interface circuit 8104 can read instructions stored in the memory 8102 and send the instructions to the processor 8101.
  • the communication device 8100 described in the above embodiments may be a network device or a terminal, but the scope of the communication device 8100 described in the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device 8100 may not be limited by FIG. 7A.
  • the communication device may be an independent device or may be part of a larger device.
  • the communication device may be: (1) an independent integrated circuit IC, or a chip, or a chip system or subsystem; (2) a collection of one or more ICs, optionally, the above IC collection may also include a storage component for storing data and programs; (3) an ASIC, such as a modem; (4) a module that can be embedded in other devices; (5) a receiver, a terminal device, an intelligent terminal device, a cellular phone, a wireless device, a handheld device, a mobile unit, a vehicle-mounted device, a network device, a cloud device, an artificial intelligence device, etc.; (6) others, etc.
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of the structure of a chip 8200 provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the communication device 8100 may be a chip or a chip system
  • the chip 8200 includes one or more processors 8201, and the processor 8201 is used to call instructions so that the chip 8200 executes any of the above downlink transmission triggering methods.
  • the chip 8200 further includes one or more interface circuits 8202, which are connected to the memory 8203.
  • the interface circuit 8202 can be used to receive signals from the memory 8203 or other devices, and the interface circuit 8202 can be used to send signals to the memory 8203 or other devices.
  • the interface circuit 8202 can read the instructions stored in the memory 8203 and send the instructions to the processor 8201.
  • the terms such as interface circuit, interface, transceiver pin, and transceiver can be replaced with each other.
  • the chip 8200 further includes one or more memories 8203 for storing instructions.
  • the memory 8203 may be outside the chip 8200.
  • the present disclosure also provides a storage medium, on which instructions are stored, and when the instructions are executed on the communication device 8100, the communication device 8100 executes any of the above methods.
  • the storage medium is an electronic storage medium.
  • the storage medium is a computer-readable storage medium, but it can also be a storage medium readable by other devices.
  • the storage medium can be a non-transitory storage medium, but it can also be a temporary storage medium.
  • the present disclosure also provides a program product, and when the program product is executed by the communication device 8100, the communication device 8100 executes any of the above downlink transmission triggering methods.
  • the program product is a computer program product.
  • the present disclosure also provides a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute any of the above downlink transmission triggering methods.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a downlink transmission triggering method, a communication device, and a storage medium. The downlink transmission triggering method comprises: sending a first transmission to a first network device, wherein the first transmission is used for triggering a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to a terminal.

Description

下行传输触发方法、通信设备及存储介质Downlink transmission triggering method, communication device and storage medium 技术领域Technical Field

本公开涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种下行传输触发方法、通信设备及存储介质。The present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a downlink transmission triggering method, a communication device, and a storage medium.

背景技术Background Art

为了减少基站和网络侧的能耗提出了网络节能(Network energy saving,NES)技术。NES技术在时域上限制网络设备的收发,增加网络设备的睡眠时间,从而达到节能的目的。In order to reduce the energy consumption of base stations and the network side, the network energy saving (NES) technology is proposed. NES technology limits the transmission and reception of network devices in the time domain and increases the sleep time of network devices, thereby achieving the purpose of energy saving.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本公开实施例提供一种下行传输触发方法、通信设备及存储介质。The embodiments of the present disclosure provide a downlink transmission triggering method, a communication device, and a storage medium.

根据本公开实施例的第一方面,提供一种下行传输触发方法,由终端执行,方法包括:向第一网络设备发送第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。According to a first aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a downlink transmission triggering method is provided, which is executed by a terminal, and the method includes: sending a first transmission to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.

根据本公开实施例的第二方面,提供一种下行传输触发方法,其中,由第一网络设备执行,方法包括:接收终端发送的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送第二传输。According to a second aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a downlink transmission triggering method is provided, which is executed by a first network device and includes: receiving a first transmission sent by a terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission.

根据本公开实施例的第三方面,提供一种下行传输触发方法,其中,由第二网络设备执行,方法包括:从第一网络设备接收终端的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。According to a third aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a downlink transmission triggering method is provided, which is executed by a second network device and includes: receiving a first transmission from a terminal from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.

根据本公开实施例的第四方面,提供一种终端,其中,包括:发送模块,被配置向第一网络设备发送第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。According to a fourth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a terminal is provided, comprising: a sending module configured to send a first transmission to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.

根据本公开实施例的第五方面,提供一种第一网络设备,其中,包括:接收模块,被配置为接收终端发送的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送第二传输。According to a fifth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a first network device is provided, comprising: a receiving module configured to receive a first transmission sent by a terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission.

根据本公开实施例的第六方面,提供一种第二网络设备,其中,包括:接收模块,被配置为从第一网络设备接收终端的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。According to a sixth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a second network device is provided, comprising: a receiving module configured to receive a first transmission from a terminal from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.

根据本公开实施例的第七方面,提供一种通信设备,其中,通信设备包括:一个或多个处理器;其中,处理器用于调用指令以使得通信设备执行前述第一方面至第三方面任意技术方案提供的下行传输触发方法。According to the seventh aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication device is provided, wherein the communication device includes: one or more processors; wherein the processor is used to call instructions so that the communication device executes the downlink transmission triggering method provided by any technical solution of the first to third aspects mentioned above.

根据本公开实施例的第八方面,提供一种存储介质,其中,存储介质存储有指令,当指令在通信设备上运行时,使得通信设备执行第一方面至第三方面任意方面提供的下行传输触发方法。According to an eighth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a storage medium is provided, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the downlink transmission triggering method provided by any aspect from the first aspect to the third aspect.

本公开实施例提供的技术方案,终端可以通过第一传输触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输,如此,终端可以根据自身的需求向网络侧请求下行传输。According to the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal can trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission through the first transmission, so that the terminal can request downlink transmission from the network side according to its own needs.

应当理解的是,以上的一般描述和后文的细节描述仅是示例性和解释性的,并不能限制本公开实施例。It should be understood that the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the embodiments of the present disclosure.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,示出了符合本公开实施例,并与说明书一起用于解释本公开实施例的原理。The accompanying drawings herein are incorporated in and constitute a part of the specification, illustrate embodiments consistent with the present disclosure, and together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the embodiments of the present disclosure.

图1A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG1A is a schematic diagram showing an architecture of a communication system according to an exemplary embodiment;

图1B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输的示意图;FIG1B is a schematic diagram showing a downlink transmission according to an exemplary embodiment;

图2是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的流程示意图;FIG2 is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的流程示意图;FIG3A is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的流程示意图;FIG3B is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3C是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的流程示意图;FIG3C is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3D是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的流程示意图;FIG3D is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3E是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的流程示意图;FIG3E is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图4A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的流程示意图;FIG4A is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图4B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的流程示意图;FIG4B is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图4C是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的流程示意图;FIG4C is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图4D是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的时域示意图; FIG4D is a time domain schematic diagram showing a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图5是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种下行传输触发方法的流程示意图;FIG5 is a schematic flow chart of a downlink transmission triggering method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图6A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG6A is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to an exemplary embodiment;

图6B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种第一网络设备的结构示意图;FIG6B is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a first network device according to an exemplary embodiment;

图6C是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种第二网络设备的结构示意图;FIG6C is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a second network device according to an exemplary embodiment;

图7A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信设备的结构示意图;FIG7A is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment;

图7B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种芯片的结构示意图。FIG. 7B is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an exemplary embodiment.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

本公开实施例提供一种下行传输触发方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质。The embodiments of the present disclosure provide a downlink transmission triggering method, a communication device, a communication system and a storage medium.

第一方面提供一种下行传输触发方法,其中,由终端执行,方法包括:A first aspect provides a downlink transmission triggering method, which is executed by a terminal and includes:

向第一网络设备发送第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。A first transmission is sent to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.

基于上述方案,终端可以通过第一传输触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输,如此,终端可以根据自身的需求向网络侧请求下行传输。Based on the above solution, the terminal can trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission through the first transmission. In this way, the terminal can request downlink transmission from the network side according to its own needs.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述向第一网络设备发送第一传输,包括以下至少之一:向所述第一网络设备发送参考信号;向所述第一网络设备发送上行信息;所述上行信息包括:物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)信息和/或物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,PRACH)信息。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the sending of the first transmission to the first network device includes at least one of the following: sending a reference signal to the first network device; sending uplink information to the first network device; the uplink information includes: physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH) information and/or physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) information.

基于上述方案可知,终端向第一网络设备发送的第一传输为参考信号、PUCCH信息或PRACH信息等公共上行传输,可以方便小区内各终端在有需求时请求第二传输。Based on the above solution, it can be known that the first transmission sent by the terminal to the first network device is a public uplink transmission such as a reference signal, PUCCH information or PRACH information, which can facilitate each terminal in the cell to request a second transmission when needed.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述参考信号包括:探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the reference signal includes: a sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS).

基于上述方案,第一传输对应的参考信号可为SRS,相当于复用SRS触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输。Based on the above solution, the reference signal corresponding to the first transmission may be an SRS, which is equivalent to multiplexing the SRS to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述参考信号包括:第一信号和第二信号;所述第二信号用于触发所述第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送所述第二传输;所述第一信号的功能不同于所述第二信号。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the reference signal includes: a first signal and a second signal; the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; the function of the first signal is different from that of the second signal.

基于上述方案,该参考信号可具有多种功能,能够触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输的参考信号为第二信号。Based on the above solution, the reference signal may have multiple functions, and may trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmitted reference signal as the second signal.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述方法还包括以下至少之一:根据所述参考信号的资源位置,确定所述参考信号是否包含所述第二信号;所述第二信号的资源位置不同于所述第一信号的资源位置;根据所述参考信号的序列,确定所述参考信号是否包含所述第二信号;所述第二信号的序列不同于所述第一信号的序列;根据所述参考信号的功能,确定所述参考信号是否包含所述第二信号;所述第二信号的功能不同于所述第一信号的功能;根据配置所述参考信号的信息单元(Inforamation Element,IE)IE,确定所述参考信号是否包括所述第二信号;配置所述第二信号的IE不同于配置所述第一信号的IE。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the method also includes at least one of the following: determining whether the reference signal includes the second signal according to the resource location of the reference signal; the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal; determining whether the reference signal includes the second signal according to the sequence of the reference signal; the sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal; determining whether the reference signal includes the second signal according to the function of the reference signal; the function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal; determining whether the reference signal includes the second signal according to the information unit (Inforamation Element, IE) IE configuring the reference signal; the IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal.

基于上述方案,第一信号和第二信号可以根据资源位置、序列、功能配置和/或配置IE进行区分,具有实现简便的特点。Based on the above solution, the first signal and the second signal can be distinguished according to resource location, sequence, function configuration and/or configuration IE, which has the characteristic of simple implementation.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:确定所述第一传输的传输参数;所述传输参数包括:所述第一传输对应的信号和/或所述第一传输的资源位置。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the method further includes: determining transmission parameters of the first transmission; the transmission parameters include: a signal corresponding to the first transmission and/or a resource location of the first transmission.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述确定所述第一传输的传输参数,包括以下至少之一:根据所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的配置信息,确定所述传输参数;根据预定义,确定所述传输参数。In some embodiments of the first aspect, determining the transmission parameters of the first transmission includes at least one of the following: determining the transmission parameters according to configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device; determining the transmission parameters according to a predefined method.

基于上述方案,第一传输的传输参数具有多种确定方式,可以直接基于预定义确定,从而可以减少网络设备和终端之间的信令交互,也可以根据配置信息确定,如此网络侧可以根据需要配置适合当前场景的传输参数。Based on the above scheme, there are multiple ways to determine the transmission parameters of the first transmission. They can be determined directly based on predefinition, thereby reducing the signaling interaction between the network device and the terminal, or they can be determined based on configuration information. In this way, the network side can configure the transmission parameters suitable for the current scenario as needed.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,,第一传输对应的参考信号可以为基于SRS机制确定的参考信号。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the reference signal corresponding to the first transmission may be a reference signal determined based on an SRS mechanism.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,基于SRS序列和/或对应的传输资源的配置信息确定SRS的传输资源。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the transmission resource of the SRS is determined based on the configuration information of the SRS sequence and/or the corresponding transmission resource.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,对于处于空闲态终端和/或非激活态的终端,配置信息为公共配置信息。In some embodiments of the first aspect, for a terminal in an idle state and/or an inactive state, the configuration information is public configuration information.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,根据公共配置信息,确定第一传输的传输资源和参考信号的序列。 In some embodiments of the first aspect, a transmission resource and a sequence of a reference signal for the first transmission are determined according to the common configuration information.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,基于配置信息按照按需机制发送第一传输。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the first transmission is sent according to an on-demand mechanism based on the configuration information.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,对于处于空闲态的终端和/或非激活态的终端,终端可以基于预定义方式确定第一传输的传输参数。示例性地,该传输参数包括:传输资源和/或序列。在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述预定义方式可以基于相关技术关于SRS配置的预定义方式。In some embodiments of the first aspect, for a terminal in an idle state and/or an inactive state, the terminal may determine a transmission parameter of the first transmission based on a predefined method. Exemplarily, the transmission parameter includes: a transmission resource and/or a sequence. In some embodiments of the first aspect, the predefined method may be based on a predefined method of SRS configuration in a related art.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述第一网络设备对应于第一小区;所述第二网络设备对应于第二小区;所述方法还包括以下至少之一:从所述第一小区接收所述配置信息,所述配置信息,用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输;从所述第二小区接收所述配置信息,所述配置信息,用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the first network device corresponds to a first cell; the second network device corresponds to a second cell; the method further includes at least one of the following: receiving the configuration information from the first cell, the configuration information being used for the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell; receiving the configuration information from the second cell, the configuration information being used for the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell.

基于上述方案,用于终端向第一小区发送第一传输的配置信息可来自第一小区自身也可以来自其他小区,如此可以网络侧可以根据需要灵活协调各小区发送配置信息。Based on the above solution, the configuration information used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell may come from the first cell itself or from other cells, so that the network side can flexibly coordinate each cell to send configuration information as needed.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述根据所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的配置信息,包括以下至少之一:接收所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的专用信令,所述专用信令包括所述配置信息;接收所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的公共信令,所述公共信令包括所述配置信息;接收所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的广播信令,所述广播信令包括所述配置信息。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device includes at least one of the following: receiving dedicated signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, the dedicated signaling including the configuration information; receiving public signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, the public signaling including the configuration information; receiving broadcast signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, the broadcast signaling including the configuration information.

基于上述方案,配置信息可携带在专用信令、公共信令或广播信令,如此可以网络侧可以根据需要灵活使用各种信令发送配置信息。Based on the above solution, the configuration information can be carried in dedicated signaling, public signaling or broadcast signaling, so that the network side can flexibly use various signaling to send the configuration information as needed.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述传输参数指示以下至少之一:时域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的时域位置;序列信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列;端口信息,指示所述第一传输的发送端口;循环位移信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列的循环移位值;频域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的频域位置;格式信息,用于指示所述第一传输的格式。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the transmission parameter indicates at least one of the following: time domain position information, used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission; sequence information, indicating the sequence used by the first transmission; port information, indicating the sending port of the first transmission; cyclic shift information, indicating the cyclic shift value of the sequence used by the first transmission; frequency domain position information, used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission; format information, used to indicate the format of the first transmission.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少之一:起始时域位置信息,指示所述第一传输的起始时域定位置;时隙信息,指示所述第一传输所在的时隙;时长信息,指示一次所述第一传输的持续时长;周期信息,指示所述第一传输的周期。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the time domain position information includes at least one of the following: starting time domain position information, indicating the starting time domain position of the first transmission; time slot information, indicating the time slot in which the first transmission is located; duration information, indicating the duration of one first transmission; and period information, indicating the period of the first transmission.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少之一:资源块RB信息,指示所述第一传输占用的RB数;梳状信息,指示所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数;资源单元RE信息,指示一个所述第一传输占用的RE数量和/或RE偏移量。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the frequency domain position information includes at least one of the following: resource block RB information, indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission; comb information, indicating the number of combs when the first transmission uses comb resources; resource unit RE information, indicating the number of REs occupied by the first transmission and/or RE offset.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述确定所述第一传输的传输参数,还包括:根据所述第一传输的端口、所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数、以及所述第一传输使用序列的循环移位CS的至少其中之一确定所述第一传输的序列。In some embodiments of the first aspect, determining the transmission parameters of the first transmission also includes: determining the sequence of the first transmission based on at least one of a port of the first transmission, a comb number when the first transmission uses comb resources, and a cyclic shift CS of a sequence used by the first transmission.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:在发送所述第一传输之后,在第一时间窗口内接收所述第二传输。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving the second transmission within a first time window after sending the first transmission.

基于上述方案,在发送第一传输之后的第一时间窗口接收第二传输,如此终端不是没有时间范围地等待网络侧的第一传输。Based on the above solution, the second transmission is received in the first time window after the first transmission is sent, so that the terminal does not wait for the first transmission on the network side without a time range.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:根据预定义确定所述第一时间窗口;或者,根据网络信令确定所述一时间窗口。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the method further includes: determining the first time window according to a predefined method; or determining the time window according to network signaling.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:在所述第一时间窗口内未接收到所述第二传输的情况下,继续向所述第一网络设备发送所述第一传输。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the method further includes: if the second transmission is not received within the first time window, continuing to send the first transmission to the first network device.

基于上述方案,在第一时间窗口内未接收到第二传输,若请求的第二传输很重要,则终端可继续向第一网络设备发送第一传输,以触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输。Based on the above scheme, if the second transmission is not received within the first time window and the requested second transmission is important, the terminal may continue to send the first transmission to the first network device to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述第二传输包括以下至少之一:系统信息块SIB;下行参考信号;下行信道信息。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the second transmission includes at least one of the following: a system information block SIB; a downlink reference signal; and downlink channel information.

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述下行参考信号包括以下至少之一:同步信号广播块(Synchronization Signals and(Physical Broadcast Channel,PBCH)block,SSB);主同步信号(Primary Synchronization Signals,PSS);辅同步信号(Secondary Synchronization Signals,SSS);跟踪参考信号(Tracking Reference Signal,TRS);信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Inforamation-Reference Signal,CSI-RS);发现参考信号(Discovery Reference Signal,DRS)。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the downlink reference signal includes at least one of: Synchronization Signals and (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH) block, SSB; Primary Synchronization Signals (PSS); Secondary Synchronization Signals (SSS); Tracking Reference Signal (TRS); Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS); Discovery Reference Signal (DRS).

在第一方面的一些实施例中,所述下行信道信息包括以下至少之一:PDCCH信息;In some embodiments of the first aspect, the downlink channel information includes at least one of the following: PDCCH information;

PDSCH信息。PDSCH information.

第二方面提供一种下行传输触发方法,其中,由第一网络设备执行,方法包括: A second aspect provides a downlink transmission triggering method, wherein the method is performed by a first network device, and the method includes:

接收终端发送的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送第二传输。A first transmission sent by a receiving terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述接收终端发送的第一传输;所述第一传输,包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the receiving terminal sends a first transmission; the first transmission includes at least one of the following:

接收所述终端发送的参考信号;所述参考信号包括第一类信号和/或参考信号;receiving a reference signal sent by the terminal; the reference signal includes a first type of signal and/or a reference signal;

接收所述终端发送的上行信息;所述上行信息包括:物理上行控制信道PUCCH信息和/或物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,PRACH)信息。Receive uplink information sent by the terminal; the uplink information includes: physical uplink control channel PUCCH information and/or physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) information.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述参考信号包括:SRS。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the reference signal includes: SRS.

在第二方面的一些实施例中所述参考信号包括:第一信号和第二信号;所述第二信号用于触发所述第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送所述第二传输;所述第一信号的功能不同于所述第二信号。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the reference signal includes: a first signal and a second signal; the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; the function of the first signal is different from that of the second signal.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述第二信号的资源位置不同于所述第一信号的资源位置;和/或,所述第二信号的序列不同于所述第一信号的序列;和/或,所述第二信号的功能不同于所述第一信号的功能;和/或,配置所述第二信号的信息单元IE不同于配置所述第一信号的IE。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal; and/or, the sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal; and/or, the function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal; and/or, the information unit IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:确定所述第一传输的传输参数;所述传输参数包括:所述第一传输对应的信号和/或所述第一传输的资源位置。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the method further includes: determining transmission parameters of the first transmission; the transmission parameters include: a signal corresponding to the first transmission and/or a resource location of the first transmission.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述确定所述第一传输的传输参数,包括以下至少之一:根据所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的配置信息,确定所述传输参数;根据预定义,确定所述传输参数。In some embodiments of the second aspect, determining the transmission parameters of the first transmission includes at least one of the following: determining the transmission parameters according to configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device; determining the transmission parameters according to a predefined method.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述第一网络设备对应于第一小区;所述第二网络设备对应于第二小区;所述第一小区用于发送所述配置信息;所述配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输;或者,所述第二小区用于发送所述配置信息;所述配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the first network device corresponds to a first cell; the second network device corresponds to a second cell; the first cell is used to send the configuration information; the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell; or, the second cell is used to send the configuration information; the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述配置信息被携带在专有信令中;或者,所述配置信息被携带在公共信令中;或者,In some embodiments of the second aspect, the configuration information is carried in proprietary signaling; or, the configuration information is carried in public signaling; or,

所述配置信息被携带在广播信令。The configuration information is carried in the broadcast signaling.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述传输参数指示以下至少之一:时域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的时域位置;序列信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列;端口信息,指示所述第一传输的发送端口;循环位移信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列的循环移位值;频域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的频域位置;格式信息,用于指示所述第一传输的格式。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the transmission parameter indicates at least one of the following: time domain position information, used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission; sequence information, indicating the sequence used by the first transmission; port information, indicating the sending port of the first transmission; cyclic shift information, indicating the cyclic shift value of the sequence used by the first transmission; frequency domain position information, used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission; format information, used to indicate the format of the first transmission.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少之一:起始时域位置信息,指示所述第一传输的起始时域定位置;In some embodiments of the second aspect, the time domain position information includes at least one of the following: starting time domain position information indicating a starting time domain position of the first transmission;

时隙信息,指示所述第一传输所在的时隙;时长信息,指示一次所述第一传输的持续时长;周期信息,指示所述第一传输的周期。The time slot information indicates the time slot in which the first transmission is located; the duration information indicates the duration of the first transmission once; and the period information indicates the period of the first transmission.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少之一:资源块RB信息,指示所述第一传输占用的RB数;梳状信息,指示所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数;资源单元RE信息,指示一个所述第一传输占用的RE数量。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the frequency domain position information includes at least one of the following: resource block RB information, indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission; comb information, indicating the number of combs when the first transmission uses comb resources; resource unit RE information, indicating the number of REs occupied by the first transmission.

在第二方面的一些实施例中确定所述第一传输的传输参数,包括:根据所述第一传输的端口、所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数、确定所述第一传输的序列。In some embodiments of the second aspect, determining the transmission parameters of the first transmission includes: determining a sequence of the first transmission according to a port of the first transmission and a comb number when the first transmission uses comb resources.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:在接收到所述第一传输之后,在第一时间窗口内发送所述第二传输;或者,在接收到所述第一传输之后,在第一时间窗口内将所述第一传输发送给所述第二网络设备。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the method further includes: after receiving the first transmission, sending the second transmission within a first time window; or, after receiving the first transmission, sending the first transmission to the second network device within the first time window.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:根据预定义确定所述第一时间窗口;或者,根据网络信令确定所述一时间窗口。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the method further includes: determining the first time window according to a predefined method; or determining the time window according to network signaling.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述第二传输包括以下至少之一:系统信息块SIB;下行参考信号;下行信道信息。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the second transmission includes at least one of the following: a system information block SIB; a downlink reference signal; and downlink channel information.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述下行参考信号包括以下至少之一:同步信号广播块SSB;主同步信号PSS;辅同步信号SSS;跟踪参考信号TRS;信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS;发现参考信号。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the downlink reference signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization signal broadcast block SSB; a primary synchronization signal PSS; a secondary synchronization signal SSS; a tracking reference signal TRS; a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS; and a discovery reference signal.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述下行信道信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the downlink channel information includes at least one of the following:

物理下行控制信道PDCCH信息;物理下行共享信道PDSCH信息。 Physical downlink control channel PDCCH information; physical downlink shared channel PDSCH information.

第三方面提供一种下行传输触发方法,其中,由第二网络设备执行,方法包括:A third aspect provides a downlink transmission triggering method, wherein the method is performed by a second network device, and the method includes:

从第一网络设备接收终端的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备向述终端发送第二传输。A first transmission from a terminal is received from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.

在第二方面的一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:向所述终端发送配置信息;所述配置信息,用于所述终端确定所述第一传输的传输参数。第四方面提供一种终端,其中,包括:发送模块,被配置向第一网络设备发送第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the method further comprises: sending configuration information to the terminal; the configuration information is used by the terminal to determine a transmission parameter of the first transmission. A fourth aspect provides a terminal, comprising: a sending module configured to send a first transmission to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.

第五方面提供一种第一网络设备,其中,包括:接收模块,被配置为接收终端发送的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送第二传输。A fifth aspect provides a first network device, which includes: a receiving module configured to receive a first transmission sent by a terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission.

第六方面提供一种第二网络设备,其中,包括:接收模块,被配置为从第一网络设备接收终端的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。A sixth aspect provides a second network device, which includes: a receiving module configured to receive a first transmission from a terminal from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.

第七方面,本公开实施例提供一种通信设备,通信设备包括:一个或多个处理器;In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a communication device, the communication device including: one or more processors;

其中,处理器用于调用指令以使得通信设备执行第一方面至第三方面的可选实现方式所描述的方法。The processor is used to call instructions to enable the communication device to execute the method described in the optional implementation manner of the first to third aspects.

第八方面,本公开实施例提供了一种存储介质,其中,存储介质存储有指令,当指令在通信设备上运行时,使得通信设备执行第一方面至第二方面的可选实现方式所描述的方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the method described in the optional implementation manner of the first aspect to the second aspect.

第九方面,本公开实施例提供了一种程序产品,程序产品被通信设备执行时,使得通设备执行第一方面至第三方面的可选实现方式所描述的下行传输触发方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a program product. When the program product is executed by a communication device, the communication device executes the downlink transmission triggering method described in the optional implementation methods of the first to third aspects.

第十方面,本公开实施例提供了一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面至第三方面的可选实现方式所描述的方法。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a computer program which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in the optional implementation manner of the first to third aspects.

可以理解地,上述终端、网络设备以及通信系统、程序产品、计算机程序均用于执行本公开实施例所提供的方法。因此,其所能达到的有益效果可以参考对应方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It is understandable that the above-mentioned terminals, network devices, communication systems, program products, and computer programs are all used to execute the methods provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods, which will not be repeated here.

本公开实施例提出了一种下行传输触发方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质。本公开实施例并非穷举,仅为部分实施例的示意,不作为对本公开保护范围的具体限制。在不矛盾的情况下,某一实施例中的每个步骤均可以作为独立实施例来实施,且各步骤之间可以任意组合,例如,在某一实施例中去除部分步骤后的方案也可以作为独立实施例来实施,且在某一实施例中各步骤的顺序可以任意交换,另外,某一实施例中的可选实现方式可以任意组合;此外,各实施例之间可以任意组合,例如,不同实施例的部分或全部步骤可以任意组合,某一实施例可以与其他实施例的可选实现方式任意组合。The embodiments of the present disclosure propose a downlink transmission triggering method, communication equipment, communication system and storage medium. The embodiments of the present disclosure are not exhaustive, but are only illustrative of some embodiments, and are not intended to be a specific limitation on the scope of protection of the present disclosure. In the absence of contradiction, each step in a certain embodiment can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the steps can be arbitrarily combined. For example, in a certain embodiment, a solution after removing some steps can also be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the order of the steps in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily exchanged. In addition, the optional implementation methods in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined; in addition, the embodiments can be arbitrarily combined. For example, some or all of the steps of different embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, and a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the optional implementation methods of other embodiments.

在各本公开实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,各实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性,且可以互相引用,不同实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In each embodiment of the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified or there is a logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between the embodiments are consistent and can be referenced to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form a new embodiment based on their internal logical relationships.

本公开实施例中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的,而并非作为对本公开的限制。The terms used in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments and are not intended to limit the present disclosure.

在本公开实施例中,除非另有说明,以单数形式表示的元素,如“一个”、“一种”、“该”、“上述”、、“前述”、“这一”等,可以表示“一个且只有一个”,也可以表示“一个或多个”、“至少一个”等。例如,在翻译中使用如英语中的“a”、“an”、“the”等冠词(article)的情况下,冠词之后的名词可以理解为单数表达形式,也可以理解为复数表达形式。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified, elements expressed in the singular form, such as "a", "an", "the", "above", "the", "the", etc., may mean "one and only one", or "one or more", "at least one", etc. For example, when using articles such as "a", "an", "the" in English in translation, the noun after the article may be understood as a singular expression or a plural expression.

在本公开实施例中,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, “plurality” refers to two or more.

在一些实施例中,“至少一者(至少之一、至少一项、至少一个)(at least one of)”、“一个或多个(one or more)”、“多个(a plurality of)”、“多个(multiple)等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "at least one of", "one or more", "a plurality of", "multiple" and the like can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,“A、B中的至少一者”、“A和/或B”、“在一情况下A,在另一情况下B”、“一情况A,另一情况B”等记载方式,根据情况可以包括以下技术方案:在一些实施例中A(与B无关地执行A);在一些实施例中B(与A无关地执行B);在一些实施例中从A和B中选择执行(A和B被选择性执行);在一些实施例中A和B(A和B都被执行)。当有A、B、C等更多分支时也类似上述。In some embodiments, "at least one of A and B", "A and/or B", "A in one case, B in another case", "A in one case, B in another case", etc., may include the following technical solutions according to the situation: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed); in some embodiments, A and B (both A and B are executed). When there are more branches such as A, B, C, etc., the above is also similar.

在一些实施例中,“A或B”等记载方式,根据情况可以包括以下技术方案:在一些实施例中A(与B无关地执行A);在一些实施例中B(与A无关地执行B);在一些实施例中从A和B中选择执行(A和B被选择性执行)。当有A、B、C等更多分支时也类似上述。In some embodiments, the recording method of "A or B" may include the following technical solutions according to the situation: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed). When there are more branches such as A, B, C, etc., the above is also similar.

本公开实施例中的“第一”、“第二”等前缀词,仅仅为了区分不同的描述对象,不对描述对象的位置、顺序、优先级、数量或内容等构成限制,对描述对象的陈述参见权利要求或实施例中上下文的描述,不应因为使用前缀词而构成多余的限制。例如,描述对象为“字段”,则“第一字段”和“第二字段”中“字段”之前的序数词并不限制“字段”之间的位置或顺序,“第一”和“第二”并不限制其修饰的 “字段”是否在同一个消息中,也不限制“第一字段”和“第二字段”的先后顺序。再如,描述对象为“等级”,则“第一等级”和“第二等级”中“等级”之前的序数词并不限制“等级”之间的优先级。再如,描述对象的数量并不受序数词的限制,可以是一个或者多个,以“第一装置”为例,其中“装置”的数量可以是一个或者多个。此外,不同前缀词修饰的对象可以相同或不同,例如,描述对象为“装置”,则“第一装置”和“第二装置”可以是相同的装置或者不同的装置,其类型可以相同或不同;再如,描述对象为“信息”,则“第一类信息”和“第二类信息”可以是相同的信息或者不同的信息,其内容可以相同或不同。The prefixes such as "first" and "second" in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only used to distinguish different description objects, and do not limit the position, order, priority, quantity or content of the description objects. The description of the description object can be found in the claims or the description in the context of the embodiments, and the use of prefixes should not constitute unnecessary restrictions. For example, if the description object is a "field", the ordinal number before the "field" in "first field" and "second field" does not limit the position or order between the "fields", and "first" and "second" do not limit the modified Whether the "fields" are in the same message does not limit the order of the "first field" and the "second field". For another example, if the description object is "level", the ordinal number before the "level" in the "first level" and the "second level" does not limit the priority between the "levels". For another example, the number of description objects is not limited by ordinal numbers and can be one or more. Taking "first device" as an example, the number of "devices" can be one or more. In addition, the objects modified by different prefixes can be the same or different. For example, if the description object is "device", the "first device" and the "second device" can be the same device or different devices, and their types can be the same or different; for another example, if the description object is "information", the "first type of information" and the "second type of information" can be the same information or different information, and their contents can be the same or different.

在一些实施例中,“包括A”、“包含A”、“用于指示A”、“携带A”,可以解释为直接携带A,也可以解释为间接指示A。In some embodiments, “including A”, “comprising A”, “used to indicate A”, and “carrying A” can be interpreted as directly carrying A or indirectly indicating A.

在一些实施例中,“……”、“确定……”、“在……的情况下”、“在……时”、“当……时”、“若……”、“如果……”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as “…”, “determine…”, “in the case of…”, “at the time of…”, “when…”, “if…”, “if…”, etc. can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,“大于”、“大于或等于”、“不小于”、“多于”、“多于或等于”、“不少于”、“高于”、“高于或等于”、“不低于”、“以上”等术语可以相互替换,“小于”、“小于或等于”、“不大于”、“少于”、“少于或等于”、“不多于”、“低于”、“低于或等于”、“不高于”、“以下”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "greater than", "greater than or equal to", "not less than", "more than", "more than or equal to", "not less than", "higher than", "higher than or equal to", "not lower than", and "above" can be replaced with each other, and terms such as "less than", "less than or equal to", "not greater than", "less than", "less than or equal to", "no more than", "lower than", "lower than or equal to", "not higher than", and "below" can be replaced with each other.

在一些实施例中,装置等可以解释为实体的、也可以解释为虚拟的,其名称不限定于实施例中所记载的名称,“装置”、“设备(equipment)”、“设备(device)”、“电路”、“网元”、“节点”、“功能”、“单元”、“部件(section)”、“系统”、“网络”、“芯片”、“芯片系统”、“实体”、“主体”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, devices, etc. can be interpreted as physical or virtual, and their names are not limited to the names recorded in the embodiments. Terms such as "device", "equipment", "device", "circuit", "network element", "node", "function", "unit", "section", "system", "network", "chip", "chip system", "entity", and "subject" can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,“网络”可以解释为网络中包含的装置(例如,接入网设备、核心网设备等)。In some embodiments, "network" may be interpreted as devices included in the network (eg, access network equipment, core network equipment, etc.).

在一些实施例中,“接入网设备(access network device,AN device)”、“无线接入网设备(radio access network device,RAN device)”、“基站(base station,BS)”、“无线基站(radio base station)”、“固定台(fixed station)”、“节点(node)”、“接入点(access point)”、“发送点(transmission point,TP)”、“接收点(reception point,RP)”、“发送接收点(transmission/reception point,TRP)”、“面板(panel)”、“天线面板(antenna panel)”、“天线阵列(antenna array)”、“小区(cell)”、“宏小区(macro cell)”、“小型小区(small cell)”、“毫微微小区(femto cell)”、“微微小区(pico cell)”、“扇区(sector)”、“小区组(cell group)”、“服务小区”、“小区(carrier)”、“分量小区(component carrier)”、“带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the terms "access network device (AN device), "radio access network device (RAN device)", "base station (BS)", "radio base station (radio base station)", "fixed station (fixed station)", "node", "access point (access point)", "transmission point (TP)", "reception point (RP)", "transmission/reception point (TRP)", "panel", "antenna panel (antenna panel)", "antenna array (antenna array)", "cell", "macro cell", "small cell (small cell)", "femto cell (femto cell)", "pico cell (pico cell)", "sector (sector)", "cell group (cell)", "serving cell", "carrier (carrier)", "component carrier (component carrier)", "bandwidth part (bandwidth part (BWP))" and so on can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,“终端(terminal)”、“终端设备(terminal device)”、“用户设备(user equipment,UE)”、“用户终端(user terminal)”、“移动台(mobile station,MS)”、“移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)”、订户站(subscriber station)、移动单元(mobile unit)、订户单元(subscriber unit)、无线单元(wireless unit)、远程单元(remote unit)、移动设备(mobile device)、无线设备(wireless device)、无线通信设备(wireless communication device)、远程设备(remote device)、移动订户站(mobile subscriber station)、接入终端(access terminal)、移动终端(mobile terminal)、无线终端(wireless terminal)、远程终端(remote terminal)、手持设备(handset)、用户代理(user agent)、移动客户端(mobile client)、客户端(client)等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the terms "terminal", "terminal device", "user equipment (UE)", "user terminal" "mobile station (MS)", "mobile terminal (MT)", subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client and the like can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中,接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备可以被替换为终端。例如,针对将接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备以及终端间的通信置换为多个终端间的通信(例如,设备对设备(device-to-device,D2D)、车联网(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)等)的结构,也可以应用本公开的各实施例。在该情况下,也可以设为终端具有接入网设备所具有的全部或部分功能的结构。此外,“上行”、“下行”等术语也可以被替换为与终端间通信对应的术语(例如,“侧行(side)”)。例如,上行信道、下行信道等可以被替换为侧行信道,上行链路、下行链路等可以被替换为侧行链路。In some embodiments, the access network device, the core network device, or the network device can be replaced by a terminal. For example, the various embodiments of the present disclosure can also be applied to a structure in which the access network device, the core network device, or the network device and the communication between the terminals is replaced by the communication between multiple terminals (for example, device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X), etc.). In this case, it can also be set as a structure in which the terminal has all or part of the functions of the access network device. In addition, terms such as "uplink" and "downlink" can also be replaced by terms corresponding to communication between terminals (for example, "side"). For example, uplink channels, downlink channels, etc. can be replaced by side channels, and uplinks, downlinks, etc. can be replaced by side links.

在一些实施例中,终端可以被替换为接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备。在该情况下,也可以设为接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备具有终端所具有的全部或部分功能的结构。In some embodiments, the terminal may be replaced by an access network device, a core network device, or a network device. In this case, the access network device, the core network device, or the network device may also be configured to have a structure that has all or part of the functions of the terminal.

在一些实施例中,获取数据、信息等可以遵照所在地国家的法律法规。In some embodiments, acquisition of data, information, etc. may comply with the laws and regulations of the country where the data is obtained.

在一些实施例中,可以在得到用户同意后获取数据、信息等。In some embodiments, data, information, etc. may be obtained with the user's consent.

此外,本公开实施例的表格中的每一元素、每一行、或每一列均可以作为独立实施例来实施,任意元素、任意行、任意列的组合也可以作为独立实施例来实施。In addition, each element, each row, or each column in the table of the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the combination of any elements, any rows, and any columns may also be implemented as an independent embodiment.

图1A是根据本公开实施例示出的通信系统的架构示意图。FIG1A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

如图1A所示,通信系统100包括终端(terminal)101以及网络设备102。网络设备102可包括接入网设备和/或核心网设备。As shown in Fig. 1A, a communication system 100 includes a terminal 101 and a network device 102. The network device 102 may include an access network device and/or a core network device.

在一些实施例中,终端101例如包括手机(mobile phone)、可穿戴设备、物联网设备、具备通 信功能的汽车、智能汽车、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端设备、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备中的至少一者,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the terminal 101 includes, for example, a mobile phone, a wearable device, an IoT device, a The present invention relates to at least one of a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control, a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device in remote medical surgery, a wireless terminal device in a smart grid, a wireless terminal device in transportation safety, a wireless terminal device in a smart city, and a wireless terminal device in a smart home, but is not limited thereto.

在一些实施例中,终端又称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)。In some embodiments, the terminal is also referred to as user equipment (UE).

在一些实施例中,接入网设备例如可以是将终端接入到无线网络的节点或设备,接入网设备可以包括5G通信系统中的演进节点B(evolved NodeB,eNB)、下一代演进节点B(next generation eNB,ng-eNB)、下一代节点B(next generation NodeB,gNB)、节点B(node B,NB)、家庭节点B(home node B,HNB)、家庭演进节点B(home evolved nodeB,HeNB)、无线回传设备、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、移动交换中心、6G通信系统中的基站、开放型基站(Open RAN)、云基站(Cloud RAN)、其他通信系统中的基站、Wi-Fi系统中的接入节点中的至少一者,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the access network device may be, for example, a node or device that accesses a terminal to a wireless network. The access network device may include an evolved Node B (eNB), a next generation evolved Node B (ng-eNB), a next generation Node B (gNB), a node B (NB), a home node B (HNB), a home evolved node B (HeNB), a wireless backhaul device, a radio network controller (RNC), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a base band unit (BBU), a mobile switching center, a base station in a 6G communication system, an open base station (Open RAN), a cloud base station (Cloud RAN), a base station in other communication systems, and at least one of an access node in a Wi-Fi system, but is not limited thereto.

在一些实施例中,本公开的技术方案可适用于Open RAN架构,此时,本公开实施例所涉及的接入网设备间或者接入网设备内的接口可变为Open RAN的内部接口,这些内部接口之间的流程和信息交互可以通过软件或者程序实现。In some embodiments, the technical solution of the present disclosure may be applicable to the Open RAN architecture. In this case, the interfaces between access network devices or within access network devices involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may become internal interfaces of Open RAN, and the processes and information interactions between these internal interfaces may be implemented through software or programs.

在一些实施例中,接入网设备可以由集中单元(central unit,CU)与分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)组成的,其中,CU也可以称为控制单元(control unit),采用CU-DU的结构可以将接入网设备的协议层拆分开,部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the access network device may be composed of a centralized unit (central unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), wherein the CU may also be called a control unit (control unit). The CU-DU structure may be used to split the protocol layer of the access network device, with some functions of the protocol layer being centrally controlled by the CU, and the remaining part or all of the functions of the protocol layer being distributed in the DU, and the DU being centrally controlled by the CU, but not limited to this.

在一些实施例中,核心网设备可以是一个设备,包括第一网元等,也可以是多个设备或设备群,分别包括第一网元。网元可以是虚拟的,也可以是实体的。核心网例如包括演进分组核心(Evolved Packet Core,EPC)、5G核心网络(5G Core Network,5GCN)、下一代核心(Next Generation Core,NGC)中的至少一者。In some embodiments, the core network device may be a device including a first network element, etc., or may be a plurality of devices or a group of devices, each including a first network element. The network element may be virtual or physical. The core network may include, for example, at least one of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), a 5G Core Network (5GCN), and a Next Generation Core (NGC).

可以理解的是,本公开实施例描述的通信系统是为了更加清楚的说明本公开实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本公开实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着系统架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本公开实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题同样适用。It can be understood that the communication system described in the embodiment of the present disclosure is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solution of the embodiment of the present disclosure, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. A person skilled in the art can know that with the evolution of the system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is also applicable to similar technical problems.

下述本公开实施例可以应用于图1A所示的通信系统100、或部分主体,但不限于此。图1A所示的各主体是例示,通信系统可以包括图1A中的全部或部分主体,也可以包括图1A以外的其他主体,各主体数量和形态为任意,各主体之间的连接关系是例示,各主体之间可以不连接也可以连接,其连接可以是任意方式,可以是直接连接也可以是间接连接,可以是有线连接也可以是无线连接。The following embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG1A, or part of the subject, but are not limited thereto. The subjects shown in FIG1A are examples, and the communication system may include all or part of the subjects in FIG1A, or may include other subjects other than FIG1A, and the number and form of the subjects are arbitrary, and the connection relationship between the subjects is an example, and the subjects may be connected or disconnected, and the connection may be in any manner, which may be a direct connection or an indirect connection, and may be a wired connection or a wireless connection.

本公开各实施例可以应用于长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)、LTE-Advanced(LTE-A)、LTE-Beyond(LTE-B)、SUPER 3G、IMT-Advanced、第四代移动通信系统(4th generation mobile communication system,4G)、)、第五代移动通信系统(5th generation mobile communication system,5G)、5G新空口(new radio,NR)、未来无线接入(Future Radio Access,FRA)、新无线接入技术(New-Radio Access Technology,RAT)、新无线(New Radio,NR)、新无线接入(New radio access,NX)、未来一代无线接入(Future generation radio access,FX)、Global System for Mobile communications(GSM(注册商标))、CDMA2000、超移动宽带(Ultra Mobile Broadband,UMB)、IEEE 802.11(Wi-Fi(注册商标))、IEEE 802.16(WiMAX(注册商标))、IEEE 802.20、超宽带(Ultra-WideBand,UWB)、蓝牙(Bluetooth(注册商标))、陆上公用移动通信网(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络、设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)系统、机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)系统、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)系统、车联网(Vehicle-to-Everything,V2X)、利用其他下行传输触发方法的系统、基于它们而扩展的下一代系统等。此外,也可以将多个系统组合(例如,LTE和NR的组合),如6G系统。The embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to Long Term Evolution (LTE), LTE-Advanced (LTE-A), LTE-Beyond (LTE-B), SUPER 3G, IMT-Advanced, the fourth generation mobile communication system (4G), the fifth generation mobile communication system (5G), 5G new radio (NR), future radio access (FRA), new radio access technology (RAT), new radio (NR), new radio access (NX), future generation radio access (FX). , Global System for Mobile communications (GSM (registered trademark)), CDMA2000, Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.20, Ultra-WideBand (UWB), Bluetooth (registered trademark)), Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) network, Device to Device (D2D) system, Machine to Machine to Machine (M2M) system, Internet of Things (IoT) system, Vehicle to-Everything (V2X), system using other downlink transmission triggering methods, next generation systems based on them, and so on. In addition, a plurality of systems may also be combined (for example, a combination of LTE and NR), such as a 6G system.

如图2所示,本公开实施例提供一种下行传输触发方法,由如图1A所示的通信系统执行。该方法可包括:As shown in FIG2 , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a downlink transmission triggering method, which is executed by the communication system shown in FIG1A . The method may include:

S2101:网络设备向终端发送配置信息。S2101: The network device sends configuration information to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,该网络设备可为接入网设备。 In some embodiments, the network device may be an access network device.

在一些实施例中,发送配置信息的网络设备可为第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备。In some embodiments, the network device sending the configuration information may be the first network device and/or the second network device.

第二网络设备不同于第一网络设备。示例性地,第一网络设备和第二网络设备可为相邻设置的两个接入网设备。The second network device is different from the first network device. Exemplarily, the first network device and the second network device may be two access network devices arranged adjacent to each other.

在一些实施例中,网络设备向终端广播、组播或广播配置信息。In some embodiments, the network device broadcasts, multicasts, or broadcasts the configuration information to the terminals.

在一些实施例中,网络设备向终端发送携带有配置信息的专用信令。示例性地,该专用信令可包括但不限于小区专用(cell-specific)信令,和/或用户设备专用无线资源控制(UE-dedicated RRC)信令。In some embodiments, the network device sends dedicated signaling carrying configuration information to the terminal. Exemplarily, the dedicated signaling may include but is not limited to cell-specific signaling and/or user equipment dedicated radio resource control (UE-dedicated RRC) signaling.

在一些实施例中,网络设备向终端发送携带有配置信息的公共信令。In some embodiments, the network device sends common signaling carrying configuration information to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,网络设备向终端发送携带有配置信息的广播信令。该广播信令可包括但不限于系统信息块,该系统信息块可包括但不限于主信息块(Master Inforamtion Block,MIB)和/或SIB1等。In some embodiments, the network device sends a broadcast signaling carrying configuration information to the terminal. The broadcast signaling may include but is not limited to a system information block, which may include but is not limited to a master information block (MIB) and/or SIB1, etc.

在一些实施例中,该配置信息可携带在一个或多个网络设备发送的IE中。例如,该IE可为ServingCellConfig、PDCCH-ServingCellConfig或PDSCH-ServingCellConfig。又例如,该IE用于配置服务小区,或,该IE是服务小区发送的。In some embodiments, the configuration information may be carried in an IE sent by one or more network devices. For example, the IE may be ServingCellConfig, PDCCH-ServingCellConfig, or PDSCH-ServingCellConfig. For another example, the IE is used to configure the serving cell, or the IE is sent by the serving cell.

在一些实施例中,配置信息可用于配置第一传输的传输。此处地,第一传输可为终端的上行传输,或者,该第一传输可为公共上行传输。In some embodiments, the configuration information may be used to configure the transmission of the first transmission. Here, the first transmission may be an uplink transmission of the terminal, or the first transmission may be a public uplink transmission.

其中该公共上行传输可包括:各种上行公共信号和/或公共上行信道信息。The public uplink transmission may include: various uplink public signals and/or public uplink channel information.

在一些实施例中,配置信息可用于配置第一传输的传输可以是指,该配置信息可用于配置第一传输的传输类型、第一传输的资源位置、第一传输的发送方式等。In some embodiments, the configuration information can be used to configure the transmission of the first transmission, which may mean that the configuration information can be used to configure the transmission type of the first transmission, the resource location of the first transmission, the sending method of the first transmission, etc.

例如,第一传输的传输类型可包括:参考信号和/或上行信道信息。该参考信号可包括:物理层的参考信号和/或高层的参考信号。For example, the transmission type of the first transmission may include: a reference signal and/or uplink channel information. The reference signal may include: a reference signal of a physical layer and/or a reference signal of a higher layer.

该上行信道信息可包括但不限于:PUCCH信息和/或PRACH信息。The uplink channel information may include but is not limited to: PUCCH information and/or PRACH information.

在一些实施例中,该配置信息还可用于配置第一传输的发送方式。In some embodiments, the configuration information may also be used to configure a sending method of the first transmission.

第一传输的发送方式可包括但不限于以下至少之一:连续发送;重复发送;基于时间窗口的间隔多次发送等。当然以上仅仅是举例,具体实现不局限于上述举例。The sending mode of the first transmission may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: continuous sending; repeated sending; multiple sending at intervals based on a time window, etc. Of course, the above are only examples, and the specific implementation is not limited to the above examples.

在一些实施例中,第一小区发送配置信息,该配置信息,用于终端向第一小区发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell sends configuration information, where the configuration information is used by the terminal to send a first transmission to the first cell.

在一些实施例中,第一小区发送配置信息,该配置信息,用于终端向第二小区发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell sends configuration information, where the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the second cell.

在一些实施例中,终端可为支持双连接和/或载波聚合的终端,则终端的小区可包括:主小区和辅小区。In some embodiments, the terminal may be a terminal supporting dual connectivity and/or carrier aggregation, and the cell of the terminal may include: a primary cell and a secondary cell.

示例性地,主小区的基站向终端发送配置信息,该配置信息可用于终端向主小区和/或辅小区发送第一传输。Exemplarily, the base station of the primary cell sends configuration information to the terminal, and the configuration information can be used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the primary cell and/or the secondary cell.

又示例性地,辅小区的基站向终端发送配置信息,该配置信息可用于终端向主小区和/或辅小区发送第一传输。As another example, the base station of the secondary cell sends configuration information to the terminal, and the configuration information can be used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the primary cell and/or the secondary cell.

在一些实施例中,第一传输用于触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输。示例性地,第一网络设备接收到第一传输之后,第一网络设备自身可以向终端发送第二传输。若第一传输表明终端还请求第二网络设备发送第二传输,则第一网络设备将第一传输发送给第二网络设备,第二网络设备收到第一网络设备转发或透传的第一传输之后,可向终端发送第二传输。In some embodiments, the first transmission is used to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission. Exemplarily, after the first network device receives the first transmission, the first network device itself can send the second transmission to the terminal. If the first transmission indicates that the terminal also requests the second network device to send the second transmission, the first network device sends the first transmission to the second network device, and after the second network device receives the first transmission forwarded or transparently transmitted by the first network device, it can send the second transmission to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,术语“触发”可以理解为“请求”。In some embodiments, the term "trigger" may be understood as "request."

在一些实施例中,第二传输可为半静态配置和/或周期性配置的下行传输。In some embodiments, the second transmission may be a semi-statically configured and/or periodically configured downlink transmission.

在一些实施例中,第二传输可为网络设备原定周期性发送的下行传输。In some embodiments, the second transmission may be a downlink transmission that the network device originally sends periodically.

在一些实施例中,第一网络设备为接收第一传输的网络设备。In some embodiments, the first network device is a network device that receives the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,第二网络设备可不同于第一网络设备。例如,第一网络设备可为终端主小区的基站,第二网络设备可为终端辅小区的基站。In some embodiments, the second network device may be different from the first network device. For example, the first network device may be a base station of a primary cell of the terminal, and the second network device may be a base station of a secondary cell of the terminal.

在一些实施例中,配置信息可用于确定第一传输的传输参数。In some embodiments, the configuration information may be used to determine transmission parameters for the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,该传输参数可包括但不限于以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the transmission parameters may include but are not limited to at least one of the following:

时域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的时域位置;Time domain position information, used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission;

序列信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列;sequence information indicating a sequence used by the first transmission;

端口信息,指示所述第一传输的发送端口;Port information, indicating a sending port for the first transmission;

循环位移信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列的循环移位值;Cyclic shift information indicating a cyclic shift value of a sequence used for the first transmission;

频域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的频域位置;Frequency domain position information, used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission;

格式信息,用于指示所述第一传输的格式。 The format information is used to indicate the format of the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,频域位置可用于确定终端发送第一传输使用的频段、载波、子载波、资源块(Resource Block,RB)、资源单元(Resource Element,RE)等。In some embodiments, the frequency domain position can be used to determine the frequency band, carrier, subcarrier, resource block (Resource Block, RB), resource element (Resource Element, RE), etc. used by the terminal to send the first transmission.

具体地,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少之一:Specifically, the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:

资源块RB信息,指示所述第一传输占用的RB数;Resource block RB information, indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission;

梳状信息,指示所述第一传输使用的梳状图案(comb pattern)、梳状图案的数量和/或梳状偏移(comb offset);Comb information indicating a comb pattern, a number of comb patterns and/or a comb offset used by the first transmission;

资源单元RE信息,指示一个所述第一传输占用的RE数量和/或RE偏移量。Resource unit RE information indicates the number of REs and/or RE offset occupied by the first transmission.

此处的RE偏移量可用于确定在一个RB上首个用于发送第一传输的RE的位置。在一些实施例中,时域位置可用于确定终端发送第一传输使用的无线帧、时隙、微时隙或符号等。The RE offset here can be used to determine the position of the first RE used to send the first transmission on an RB. In some embodiments, the time domain position can be used to determine the radio frame, time slot, mini-time slot or symbol used by the terminal to send the first transmission.

具体地,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少之一:Specifically, the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:

起始时域位置信息,指示所述第一传输的起始时域位置;Starting time domain position information, indicating the starting time domain position of the first transmission;

时隙信息,指示所述第一传输所在的时隙;timeslot information, indicating a timeslot in which the first transmission occurs;

时长信息,指示一次所述第一传输的持续时长;Duration information, indicating the duration of the first transmission once;

周期信息,指示所述第一传输的周期。The period information indicates the period of the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,该传输参数还可包括:In some embodiments, the transmission parameters may also include:

窗口信息,可指示第一时间窗口。在第一时间窗口,用于终端发送第一传输之后接收第二传输。The window information may indicate a first time window for the terminal to receive a second transmission after sending the first transmission in the first time window.

例如,该窗口信息指示的第一时间窗口的时长。第一时间窗口的起始时刻可为第一传输的发送时刻或第一传输发送时刻之后的指定时刻。例如,该指定时刻和发送时刻之间具有指定时长,如此,实现网络设备和终端对第一时间窗口的起始时刻的统一。For example, the window information indicates the duration of the first time window. The starting time of the first time window may be the sending time of the first transmission or a specified time after the sending time of the first transmission. For example, there is a specified time length between the specified time and the sending time, so that the network device and the terminal unify the starting time of the first time window.

在一些实施例中,终端可具有一个或多个端口,端口信息可指示终端发送第一传输的端口。该端口信息可包括但不限于端口号等信息。In some embodiments, the terminal may have one or more ports, and the port information may indicate the port through which the terminal sends the first transmission. The port information may include, but is not limited to, information such as a port number.

在一些实施例中,第一传输为上行信息,则可以通过格式信息指示第一传输的格式。例如,该上行信息为物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)信息,则该格式可指示PUCCH信息采用的格式。示例性地,该格式信息可指示采用格式1或格式2等。In some embodiments, if the first transmission is uplink information, the format of the first transmission may be indicated by format information. For example, if the uplink information is physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) information, the format may indicate the format used by the PUCCH information. Exemplarily, the format information may indicate the use of format 1 or format 2, etc.

在一些实施例中,该传输参数还可包括:第一传输的编码方式等。例如,该编码方式可指示上行信息的编码格式,从而实现终端和网络设备之间的编解码信息的一致性理解。In some embodiments, the transmission parameter may further include: a coding mode of the first transmission, etc. For example, the coding mode may indicate a coding format of uplink information, thereby achieving consistent understanding of coding and decoding information between the terminal and the network device.

在一些实施例中,第一传输的配置信息还可用于配置第一传输和第二传输之间的映射关系。基于映射关系,则终端根据自身需要请求的第二传输向第一网络设备发送对应的第一传输。In some embodiments, the configuration information of the first transmission can also be used to configure a mapping relationship between the first transmission and the second transmission. Based on the mapping relationship, the terminal sends the corresponding first transmission to the first network device according to the second transmission requested by the terminal.

例如,该映射关系可包括但不限于以下至少之一:For example, the mapping relationship may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:

第一传输使用的波束与第二传输的类型、发送密度、发送次数以及发送波束中一个或多个之间的映射关系;a mapping relationship between a beam used for the first transmission and one or more of a type, a transmission density, a transmission number, and a transmission beam for the second transmission;

第一传输对应的序列与第二传输的类型、发送密度、发送次数以及发送波束中一个或多个之间的映射关系。A mapping relationship between a sequence corresponding to a first transmission and one or more of a type, a transmission density, a number of transmissions, and a transmission beam of a second transmission.

在一些实施例中,参考信号可包括第一类信号和第二类信号。In some embodiments, the reference signal may include a first type of signal and a second type of signal.

其中,第一类信号可为专用于触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输的信号。示例性地,该第一类信号可具有一个功能,该功能即为触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输的信号。The first type of signal may be a signal dedicated to triggering the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission. Exemplarily, the first type of signal may have a function, which is to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission.

其中,第二类信号可为具有多功能的信号。触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输的功能为第二类型信号的功能中的一个。在一些实施例中,第二类信号的多个功能还可包括相关技术定义的功能。The second type of signal may be a signal with multiple functions. The function of triggering the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission is one of the functions of the second type of signal. In some embodiments, the multiple functions of the second type of signal may also include functions defined in related technologies.

示例性地,第二类信号可包括但不限于探测参考信号。探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Singal,SRS)原本就具有上行信道质量估计的功能。在本公开实施例中SRS可被复用触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输的信号。即在本公开实施例中,SRS被增加了触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输的功能。Exemplarily, the second type of signal may include but is not limited to a sounding reference signal. The sounding reference signal (SRS) originally has the function of estimating the uplink channel quality. In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the SRS may be multiplexed to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send a second transmission signal. That is, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the SRS is added with the function of triggering the first network device and/or the second network device to send a second transmission.

在一些实施例中所述第二类信号包括:第一信号和第二信号。In some embodiments, the second type of signal includes: a first signal and a second signal.

在一些实施例中,所述第二信号用于触发所述第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送所述第二传输;所述第一信号的功能不同于所述第二信号的功能。In some embodiments, the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; and the function of the first signal is different from the function of the second signal.

例如,以第二类信号为SRS为例,则SRS可为第一SRS和第二SRS。第一SRS可用于上行信道估计,而第二SRS可用于触发所述第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送所述第二传输。For example, taking the second type of signal as SRS as an example, the SRS may be a first SRS and a second SRS. The first SRS may be used for uplink channel estimation, and the second SRS may be used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission.

值得注意的是:本公开实施例中,配置信息所配置的参考信号,可用于空闲态终端、连接态终 端和/或非激活态的终端请求网络侧的第二传输。It is worth noting that: in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the reference signal configured by the configuration information can be used for idle terminals, connected terminals, The terminal and/or the inactive terminal requests the second transmission from the network side.

在一些实施例中,所述第二信号的资源位置不同于所述第一信号的资源位置;和/或,In some embodiments, the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal; and/or,

所述第二信号的序列不同于所述第一信号的序列;和/或,The sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal; and/or,

所述第二信号的功能不同于所述第一信号的功能;和/或,The function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal; and/or,

配置所述第二信号的IE不同于配置所述第一信号的IE。The IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal.

通过上述区分,网络设备能够区分第一信号和第二信号,并能够独立的配置第一信号和第二信号。终端在接收到配置信息时,也可以区分出当前配置信息是针对第一信号还是第二信号。Through the above distinction, the network device can distinguish the first signal from the second signal, and can independently configure the first signal and the second signal. When receiving the configuration information, the terminal can also distinguish whether the current configuration information is for the first signal or the second signal.

配置第二信号的IE和配置第一信号的IE可以包含在同一条网络消息中,也可以包含在不同的网络消息。该网络消息可包括网络设备发送的任何消息,例如,系统信息块、无线资源控制RRC消息或者媒体访问控制MAC的控制单元(Control Element,CE)。如此,终端接收到配置信息,根据IE就可以知晓当前被配置的参考信号是第一信号还是第二信号。The IE for configuring the second signal and the IE for configuring the first signal may be included in the same network message or in different network messages. The network message may include any message sent by a network device, such as a system information block, a radio resource control RRC message, or a control element (CE) of a media access control MAC. In this way, when the terminal receives the configuration information, it can know whether the currently configured reference signal is the first signal or the second signal based on the IE.

当然以上仅仅是第一类信号和/或第二类信号的举例,具体实现时不局限于上述举例。Of course, the above are merely examples of the first type of signal and/or the second type of signal, and the specific implementation is not limited to the above examples.

在一些实施例中,该上行信息可包括:PUCCH信息和/或PRACH信息。In some embodiments, the uplink information may include: PUCCH information and/or PRACH information.

该PUCCH信息可包括任意在PUCCH上发送的信息。示例性地,该PUSCH信息可为公共PUCCH信息。The PUCCH information may include any information sent on the PUCCH. Exemplarily, the PUSCH information may be common PUCCH information.

PRACH信息可包括任意在PRACH上发送的信息,包括但不限于四步随机接入的消息1和/或两步随机接入的消息A。示例性地,该PRACH可为基于竞争的PRACH。The PRACH information may include any information sent on the PRACH, including but not limited to message 1 of the four-step random access and/or message A of the two-step random access. Exemplarily, the PRACH may be a contention-based PRACH.

在一些实施例中,该上行信息还可包括:物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)信息。该PUSCH信息可为任意在PUSCH信道上传输的信息。In some embodiments, the uplink information may also include: Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) information. The PUSCH information may be any information transmitted on the PUSCH channel.

在一些实施例中,述第二传输包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the second transmission includes at least one of the following:

系统信息块SIB;System Information Block SIB;

下行参考信号;Downlink reference signal;

下行信道信息。Downlink channel information.

示例性地,该SIB可包括SIB1。示例性地,该SIB可包括SIB1、SIB2和/或SIB12等。Exemplarily, the SIB may include SIB1. Exemplarily, the SIB may include SIB1, SIB2 and/or SIB12, etc.

在一些实施例中,该下行参考信号可为各种小区级别的信号或终端级别的信号。In some embodiments, the downlink reference signal may be various cell-level signals or terminal-level signals.

在一些实施例中,该下行参考信号可供终端发现发送信号的小区,和/或与小区建立下行同步。In some embodiments, the downlink reference signal may be used by the terminal to discover the cell that sends the signal and/or to establish downlink synchronization with the cell.

在一些实施例中,该下行信道信息可为任意下行信道上发送的信息,例如,物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channnel,PDCCH)、物理下行共享信道等。In some embodiments, the downlink channel information may be information sent on any downlink channel, for example, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), a physical downlink shared channel, etc.

在一些实施例中,所述下行参考信号包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the downlink reference signal includes at least one of the following:

同步信号广播块SSB;Synchronous signal broadcast block SSB;

主同步信号PSS;Primary synchronization signal PSS;

辅同步信号SSS;Secondary synchronization signal SSS;

跟踪参考信号TRS;Tracking reference signal TRS;

信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS;Channel state information reference signal CSI-RS;

发现参考信号DRS。Discover the reference signal DRS.

在一些实施例中,该下行参考信号还可包括解调参考信号等。In some embodiments, the downlink reference signal may also include a demodulation reference signal and the like.

在一些实施例中,根据所述第一传输的端口、所述第一传输对应的梳状数、以及所述第一传输使用序列的循环移位(Cyclic Shifts,CS)的至少其中之一确定所述第一传输的序列。In some embodiments, the sequence of the first transmission is determined based on at least one of a port of the first transmission, a comb number corresponding to the first transmission, and a cyclic shift (CS) of a sequence used by the first transmission.

例如,第一传输的配置信息没有携带序列信息时,就可以根据配置信息中的其他参数,确定第一传输的序列,从而减少了配置信息中的序列信息的携带,减少了信令开销。For example, when the configuration information of the first transmission does not carry sequence information, the sequence of the first transmission can be determined according to other parameters in the configuration information, thereby reducing the sequence information carried in the configuration information and reducing signaling overhead.

在一些实施例中,在协议等预定义方式未确定第一传输的序列时,也可以根据协议约定中的其他参数,确定第一传输的序列,从而减少了配置信息中的序列信息的携带。示例性地,该其他参数可包括但不限于所述第一传输的端口、所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数以及述第一传输使用序列的循环移位等参数中的至少其中之一。In some embodiments, when the sequence of the first transmission is not determined by a predefined method such as a protocol, the sequence of the first transmission may also be determined according to other parameters agreed in the protocol, thereby reducing the sequence information carried in the configuration information. Exemplarily, the other parameters may include, but are not limited to, at least one of the parameters such as the port of the first transmission, the number of combs when the first transmission uses comb resources, and the cyclic shift of the sequence used by the first transmission.

例如,发送第一传输的端口数等于1,则端口数1对应的序列作为第一传输的序列。For example, if the number of ports for sending the first transmission is equal to 1, the sequence corresponding to the port number 1 is used as the sequence of the first transmission.

又例如,不同序列具有不同CS,则可以根据确定的CS确定第一传输的序列。例如,第一传输对应的CS可等于0。For another example, different sequences have different CSs, and the sequence of the first transmission may be determined according to the determined CS. For example, the CS corresponding to the first transmission may be equal to 0.

还例如,某个SRS序列对应梳状资源(Comb)数等第一传输对应Comb数,则可根据第一传输 确定的Comb数确定请求第二传输的SRS的序列。For example, if a certain SRS sequence corresponds to a comb resource (Comb) number, such as a first transmission corresponding to a Comb number, then the first transmission can be used to The determined Comb number determines a sequence of the SRS for requesting the second transmission.

所述Comb数域最大CS数量基于如下表格确定:
The maximum number of CSs in the Comb number field is determined based on the following table:

其中,KTC是CS的最大值。Where K TC is CS The maximum value of .

值得注意的是:S2101可为可选步骤,例如,终端和网络设备可以基于预定义方式确定第一传输的传输参数,此时网络设备发送配置信息的步骤可省略。It is worth noting that S2101 may be an optional step. For example, the terminal and the network device may determine the transmission parameters of the first transmission based on a predefined method. In this case, the step of the network device sending the configuration information may be omitted.

S2102:终端向网络设备发送第一传输。S2102: The terminal sends a first transmission to the network device.

在一些实施例中,终端可包括第一类终端和第二类终端。第一类终端可为支持网络NES机制的终端。第二类终端可为不支持NES机制的终端。示例性地,第二类终端可为现有(legacy)终端。In some embodiments, the terminal may include a first type of terminal and a second type of terminal. The first type of terminal may be a terminal that supports the network NES mechanism. The second type of terminal may be a terminal that does not support the NES mechanism. Exemplarily, the second type of terminal may be an existing (legacy) terminal.

在一些实施例中,第一类终端向网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, a first type of terminal sends a first transmission to a network device.

在一些实施例中,终端向第一网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the terminal sends a first transmission to a first network device.

在一些实施例中,终端在有获取第二传输的需求时,向第一网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the terminal sends the first transmission to the first network device when there is a demand to obtain the second transmission.

在一些实施例中,第一网络设备可为第一小区的基站等。In some embodiments, the first network device may be a base station of the first cell, etc.

在一些实施例中,第一小区可为终端的服务小区或当前驻留的小区。In some embodiments, the first cell may be a serving cell or a cell currently camped on by the terminal.

在一些实施例中,终端当前处于连接态,该第一小区可为终端当前连接的小区。In some embodiments, the terminal is currently in a connected state, and the first cell may be a cell to which the terminal is currently connected.

在一些实施例中,终端当前处于空闲态或非激活态,该第一小区可为终端当前驻留的小区。In some embodiments, the terminal is currently in an idle state or an inactive state, and the first cell may be a cell in which the terminal is currently stationed.

在一些实施例中,终端在有获取当前处于网络节能状态的网络设备的第二传输的需求时,向第一网络设备发送第一传输。当前处于网络节能状态的网络设备可为第一网络设备或第二网络设备。该网络节能状态可包括但不限于:网络设备的休眠状态、网络设备的小区非连续发送、网络设备的非连续接收等状态。In some embodiments, when the terminal needs to obtain a second transmission of a network device currently in a network energy-saving state, the terminal sends a first transmission to the first network device. The network device currently in the network energy-saving state may be the first network device or the second network device. The network energy-saving state may include, but is not limited to: a dormant state of the network device, a cell discontinuous transmission of the network device, a discontinuous reception of the network device, and the like.

在一些实施例中,终端根据配置信息,向第一网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the terminal sends the first transmission to the first network device based on the configuration information.

在一些实施例中,终端根据预定义,向第一网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the terminal sends the first transmission to the first network device according to a predefined method.

在一些实施例中,终端根据配置信息或预定义,确定第一传输的传输参数;根据确定的传输参数向第一网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the terminal determines transmission parameters of the first transmission according to configuration information or pre-definition; and sends the first transmission to the first network device according to the determined transmission parameters.

在一些实施例中,预定义至少包括协议约定。In some embodiments, the predefined includes at least a protocol agreement.

在一些实施例中,终端向所述第一网络设备发送参考信号。In some embodiments, the terminal sends a reference signal to the first network device.

在一些实施中,所述参考信号包括第一类信号和/或第二类信号。In some implementations, the reference signal includes a first type of signal and/or a second type of signal.

所述第一类信号具有第一功能,第一功能为触发所述第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送所述第二传输的功能。The first type of signal has a first function, and the first function is to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission.

所述第二类信号具有第一功能和第二功能。第一功能为触发所述第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送所述第二传输的功能。第二功能不同于第一功能。示例性地,假设该第二类参考信号为SRS,则第二功能可为SRS的上行信道探测功能。The second type of signal has a first function and a second function. The first function is a function of triggering the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission. The second function is different from the first function. Exemplarily, assuming that the second type of reference signal is an SRS, the second function may be an uplink channel detection function of the SRS.

在另一些实施例中,终端向所述第一网络设备发送上行信息;所述上行信息包括:物理上行控制信道PUCCH信息和/或物理随机接入信道PRACH信息。In some other embodiments, the terminal sends uplink information to the first network device; the uplink information includes: physical uplink control channel PUCCH information and/or physical random access channel PRACH information.

在一些实施例中,第一传输可以用于向SSB-less或SIBless的小区发送SSB和/或SIB。In some embodiments, the first transmission may be used to send SSBs and/or SIBs to an SSB-less or SIBless cell.

在一些实施例中,第一传输可以用于向执行小区非连续发送或休眠的小区发送SSB和/或SIB。In some embodiments, the first transmission may be used to send an SSB and/or a SIB to a cell performing cell discontinuous transmission or dormancy.

在一些实施例中,第一传输的传输参数和/或携带信息,可用于网络设备确定请求发送的下行传输的发送参数。In some embodiments, the transmission parameters and/or carried information of the first transmission may be used by the network device to determine the transmission parameters of the downlink transmission requested to be sent.

在一些实施例中,第一传输的传输参数包括第一传输对应的序列和/或第一传输使用的波束。In some embodiments, the transmission parameters of the first transmission include a sequence corresponding to the first transmission and/or a beam used by the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,下行传输的发送参数可为下行传输的发送密度和/或发送的下行传输的索引。In some embodiments, the sending parameter of the downlink transmission may be the sending density of the downlink transmission and/or the index of the sent downlink transmission.

如图4D所示,假设第一传输为SRS,SRS的不同序列则可对应于下行传输不同密度。例如,第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备在未接收到作为第一传输(即图4D中的WUS)时,SSB关闭。此处的SSB关闭为不发送SSB。在接收到为序列1和/或序列2的SRS之后,网络设备在一个周期内发送2个SSB。在接收到为序列3的SRS之后,网络设备在一个周期内发送4个SSB。例如,如图4D所示,序列1和序列2的SRS可用于触发网络设备发送不同索引的SSB。As shown in FIG4D , assuming that the first transmission is SRS, different sequences of SRS may correspond to different densities of downlink transmission. For example, when the first network device and/or the second network device do not receive the first transmission (i.e., WUS in FIG4D ), the SSB is turned off. The SSB turned off here means not sending the SSB. After receiving the SRS of sequence 1 and/or sequence 2, the network device sends 2 SSBs in one cycle. After receiving the SRS of sequence 3, the network device sends 4 SSBs in one cycle. For example, as shown in FIG4D , the SRS of sequence 1 and sequence 2 can be used to trigger the network device to send SSBs of different indexes.

在一些实施例中,终端使用不同的波束发送第一传输,可对应于向第一网络设备和/或第二网络 设备请求不同的下行传输。In some embodiments, the terminal sends the first transmission using different beams, which may correspond to the first network device and/or the second network device. The device requests a different downstream transmission.

S2103:网络设备向终端发送第二传输。S2103: The network device sends a second transmission to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,该第二传输可为公共的下行传输。In some embodiments, the second transmission may be a common downlink transmission.

在一些实施例中,公共的下行传输可包括:小区级别的下行信号和/或下行信道信息。In some embodiments, the public downlink transmission may include: a cell-level downlink signal and/or downlink channel information.

在一些实施例中,公共的下行传输可为被小区内多个终端共用的下行传输。In some embodiments, the common downlink transmission may be a downlink transmission shared by multiple terminals in a cell.

示例性地,在一些实施例中,公共的下行传输可包括但不限于以下至少之一:Exemplarily, in some embodiments, the public downlink transmission may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:

SSB;SSB;

系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB),示例性地,该SIB可包括但不限于SIB1和/或SIBn,该n可为大于或等于2的任意正整数;System Information Block (SIB), illustratively, the SIB may include but is not limited to SIB1 and/or SIBn, where n may be any positive integer greater than or equal to 2;

物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlnk Control Channel,PDCCH)信息和/或物理下行共享信道(Physical DownlnkShared Channel,PDSCH)信息。在一些实施例中,若第二传输包括SIB,则第二传输可至少包括SIB1。通常情况下SIB1可用于配置其他SIB的传输,因此对于终端而言SIB1更为重要。Physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) information and/or physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) information. In some embodiments, if the second transmission includes SIB, the second transmission may include at least SIB1. Usually SIB1 can be used to configure the transmission of other SIBs, so SIB1 is more important for the terminal.

在一些实施例中,该发送第二传输的网络设备可为当前处于休眠状态的网络设备。In some embodiments, the network device that sends the second transmission may be a network device that is currently in a dormant state.

在一些实施例中,该发送第二传输的网络设备可为当前在执行NES机制的网络设备。In some embodiments, the network device that sends the second transmission may be a network device that is currently executing the NES mechanism.

在一些实施例中,该发送第二传输的网络设备可为当前正在执行网络节能(Network Energy Saving,NES)机制的网络设备。示例性地,该网络节能机制可包括但不限于:小区的非连续发送、小区的非连续接收、小区的间歇性激活等。In some embodiments, the network device sending the second transmission may be a network device currently executing a network energy saving (NES) mechanism. Exemplarily, the network energy saving mechanism may include but is not limited to: discontinuous transmission of a cell, discontinuous reception of a cell, intermittent activation of a cell, etc.

当然在另一些实施例中,该网络设备也可以是出于工作状态的网络设备,即该网络设备既没有休眠,也没有执行NES机制。Of course, in some other embodiments, the network device may also be a network device in a working state, that is, the network device is neither in sleep mode nor executing the NES mechanism.

在一些实施例中,该发送第二传输的网络设备可为基于按需模式发送下行传输的网络设备。In some embodiments, the network device that sends the second transmission may be a network device that sends downlink transmissions based on an on-demand mode.

在一些实施例中,第一网络设备向终端发送第二传输。In some embodiments, the first network device sends the second transmission to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,第二网络设备向终端发送第二传输。In some embodiments, the second network device sends the second transmission to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,网络设备在接收到第一传输之后,向终端发送第二传输。In some embodiments, the network device sends a second transmission to the terminal after receiving the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,第一网络设备在接收到终端发送的第一传输之后,向终端发送第二传输。In some embodiments, the first network device sends a second transmission to the terminal after receiving the first transmission sent by the terminal.

在一些实施例中,第二网络设备在接收到第一网络设备转发或透传的来自终端的第一传输之后,向终端发送第二传输。In some embodiments, after receiving the first transmission from the terminal that is forwarded or transparently transmitted by the first network device, the second network device sends a second transmission to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,若发送第二传输的网络设备为第二网络设备,则第一网络设备在接收到第一传输之后,在第二传输的第一时间窗口内向第二网络设备发送第一传输,从而触发第二网络设备发送第二传输。In some embodiments, if the network device sending the second transmission is the second network device, after receiving the first transmission, the first network device sends the first transmission to the second network device within the first time window of the second transmission, thereby triggering the second network device to send the second transmission.

在一些实施例中,网络设备在接收到第一传输之后,可根据请求发送的第二传输的重要性(可由第二传输的功能体现)和/或网络设备的当前状态,确定是否向终端发送第二传输。In some embodiments, after receiving the first transmission, the network device may determine whether to send the second transmission to the terminal based on the importance of the second transmission requested to be sent (which may be reflected by the function of the second transmission) and/or the current state of the network device.

在确定向终端发送第二传输时,则向终端发送第二传输,否则不向终端发送第二传输。When it is determined to send the second transmission to the terminal, the second transmission is sent to the terminal; otherwise, the second transmission is not sent to the terminal.

示例性地,第一传输可携带指示请求的第二传输的标识信息,网络设备可根据标识信息确定待传输的第二传输,根据第二传输的功能以及当前自身是否处于休眠状态、或预计自身维持NES执行的持续时长等,综合确定是否发送第二传输。Exemplarily, the first transmission may carry identification information indicating the requested second transmission, and the network device may determine the second transmission to be transmitted based on the identification information, and comprehensively determine whether to send the second transmission based on the function of the second transmission and whether it is currently in a dormant state or the expected duration of maintaining NES execution.

又示例性地,网络设备收到第一传输根据自身的状态切换,确定自身将很快退出不发送或者按需发送第二传输的NES机制,则网络设备可以提前退出NES机制以响应终端的请求,或者,网络设备可以等待原定退出NES机制的时间退出NES机制,再按照半静态周期或者动态配置周期发送第二传输。As another example, when the network device receives the first transmission and switches its own state based on its own state, it determines that it will soon exit the NES mechanism of not sending or sending the second transmission on demand. The network device can exit the NES mechanism in advance to respond to the terminal's request, or the network device can wait for the originally scheduled time to exit the NES mechanism to exit the NES mechanism, and then send the second transmission according to a semi-static period or a dynamically configured period.

在还有一些实施例中,网络设备可以根据小区内请求同一个第二传输的终端数和/或请求次数等请求状况,确定是否向终端发送第二传输。In some other embodiments, the network device may determine whether to send the second transmission to the terminal according to request conditions such as the number of terminals requesting the same second transmission and/or the number of requests in the cell.

在另一些实施例中,网络设备在接收到第一传输,就确定发送第二传输。In other embodiments, the network device determines to send the second transmission upon receiving the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,网络设备在接收到第一传输之后,在第二传输的第一时间窗口内向终端发送第二传输。In some embodiments, the network device sends the second transmission to the terminal within a first time window of the second transmission after receiving the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,网络设备向终端广播、组播或单播第二传输。In some embodiments, the network device broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the second transmission to the terminals.

S2104:终端继续向第一网络设备发送第一传输。S2104: The terminal continues to send the first transmission to the first network device.

在一些实施例中,终端继续向第一网络设备发送第一传输In some embodiments, the terminal continues to send the first transmission to the first network device.

在一些实施例中,终端在前一次第一传输发送之后的第一时间窗口内接收第二传输,在时间窗口内未接收到第二传输时,继续向第一网络设备发送第一传输。 In some embodiments, the terminal receives the second transmission within a first time window after a previous first transmission is sent, and when the second transmission is not received within the time window, the terminal continues to send the first transmission to the first network device.

在一些实施例中,该第一传输可用于重复请求尚未接收到第二传输。In some embodiments, the first transmission may be used to repeat a request for a second transmission that has not yet been received.

在一些实施例中,终端在前一次第一传输发送之后的第一时间窗口内接收第二传输但接收失败或者第二传输解码失败时,继续向第一网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, when the terminal receives a second transmission within a first time window after a previous first transmission is sent but fails to receive the second transmission or fails to decode the second transmission, the terminal continues to send the first transmission to the first network device.

在一些实施例中,该第一时间窗口可为由预定义确定,例如,第一时间窗口可由协议约定。又例如,该第一时间窗口可是终端和网络设备共同知晓的默认窗口。In some embodiments, the first time window may be determined by predefinition, for example, the first time window may be agreed upon by a protocol. In another example, the first time window may be a default window known by both the terminal and the network device.

在一些实施例中,该第一时间窗口可由网络设备配置,例如,可以前述配置信息中的某一个信息或多个信息定义。In some embodiments, the first time window may be configured by the network device, for example, it may be defined by one or more of the aforementioned configuration information.

在另一些实施例中,该第一时间窗口还可由携带前述配置信息以外的网络信令指示。该网络信令可包括物理层信令和/或高层信令。该物理层信令可包括但不限于下行控制信息。该高层信令可包括但不限于RRC信令。In some other embodiments, the first time window may also be indicated by network signaling other than the aforementioned configuration information. The network signaling may include physical layer signaling and/or high-layer signaling. The physical layer signaling may include but is not limited to downlink control information. The high-layer signaling may include but is not limited to RRC signaling.

终端继续发送的第一传输,依然用于触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输。The first transmission that the terminal continues to send is still used to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send the second transmission.

在一些实施例中,若终端尚未接收到所有的第二传输,继续发送的第一传输可用于请求剩余未接收到的第二传输。In some embodiments, if the terminal has not received all of the second transmissions, the first transmissions that continue to be sent may be used to request the remaining second transmissions that have not been received.

在一些实施例中,终端还可以通过重新发送第一传输请求新的第二传输。In some embodiments, the terminal may also request a new second transmission by resending the first transmission.

值得注意的是:S2101、S2103以及S2104均可为可选步骤。例如,第一传输的传输参数采用预定义方式确定,则网络设备无需向终端发送配置信息,则S2101可省略。又例如,网络设备接收到第一传输之后可根据实际网络情况确定不发送第二传输,继续维持网络设备的低功耗状态实现网络更好的节能效果,则S2103可省略。在一些实施例中,若网络设备未配置第一时间窗口或者未预定义第一时间窗口,则终端在发送第一传输之后的第一时间窗口内未接收到第二传输时,可以不再继续发送第一传输,可默认为等待网络设备自行发送第二传输等,因此S2104可省略。It is worth noting that: S2101, S2103 and S2104 can all be optional steps. For example, if the transmission parameters of the first transmission are determined in a predefined manner, the network device does not need to send configuration information to the terminal, and S2101 can be omitted. For another example, after receiving the first transmission, the network device can determine not to send the second transmission based on the actual network situation, and continue to maintain the low power consumption state of the network device to achieve better energy saving effect of the network, and S2103 can be omitted. In some embodiments, if the network device is not configured with a first time window or the first time window is not predefined, then when the terminal does not receive the second transmission within the first time window after sending the first transmission, it may no longer continue to send the first transmission, and may default to waiting for the network device to send the second transmission by itself, etc., so S2104 can be omitted.

如图3A所示,本公开实施例提供一种下行传输触发方法,可由终端执行。该方法可包括:As shown in FIG3A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a downlink transmission triggering method, which can be executed by a terminal. The method may include:

S3101:接收配置信息。S3101: Receive configuration information.

在一些实施例中,如图3B所示,终端接收第二网络设备发送的配置信息。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG3B , the terminal receives configuration information sent by the second network device.

在一些实施例中,如图3C所示,终端接收第一网络设备发送的配置信息。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG3C , the terminal receives configuration information sent by the first network device.

在一些实施例中,该配置信息可用于终端发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the configuration information may be used by the terminal to send the first transmission.

该配置信息的信息内容可参见图2对应实施例的相关描述,此处就不再重复了。The information content of the configuration information can be found in the relevant description of the embodiment corresponding to FIG2 , and will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,该S3101可省略,第一传输的传输参数可以根据预定义方式确定。In some embodiments, S3101 may be omitted, and the transmission parameters of the first transmission may be determined in a predefined manner.

值得注意的是:该S3101可单独作为一个实施例执行,终端接收到配置信息之后,但是并未发送第一传输。It is worth noting that: S3101 can be executed independently as an embodiment, and after the terminal receives the configuration information, it does not send the first transmission.

S3102:发送第一传输。S3102: Send the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,终端向第一网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the terminal sends a first transmission to a first network device.

在一些实施例中,终端根据配置信息或预定义确定第一传输的传输参数,根据确定的传输参数向第一网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the terminal determines transmission parameters of the first transmission according to configuration information or predefinition, and sends the first transmission to the first network device according to the determined transmission parameters.

该第一传输,用于触发第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备发送第二传输。The first transmission is used to trigger the first network device and/or the second network device to send a second transmission.

此处第一网络设备和/或第二传输的相关描述可以参见图2对应的实施例。For the relevant description of the first network device and/or the second transmission, please refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .

此处终端发送第一传输的可选实施方式可参见图2对应实施例的S2102。For an optional implementation of the terminal sending the first transmission, please refer to S2102 of the corresponding embodiment of FIG. 2 .

值得注意的是:该S3102可单独作为一个实施例执行,也可以与S3101组合实施。It is worth noting that S3102 can be implemented as an embodiment alone or in combination with S3101.

S3103:接收第二传输。S3103: Receive the second transmission.

在一些实施例中,在发送第一传输之后接收第二传输。In some embodiments, the second transmission is received after the first transmission is sent.

在一些实施例中,在发送第一传输的第一时间窗口内接收第二传输。In some embodiments, the second transmission is received within a first time window in which the first transmission was sent.

在一些实施例中,该第一时间窗口的相关描述可以参见图2对应的实施例。In some embodiments, the relevant description of the first time window can refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .

值得注意的是:该S3103可单独作为一个实施例执行,例如其他终端向网络设备发送了第一传输且第二传输是被广播的,则此时S3103可单独执行。在一些实施会中,S3103可与S3101至S3102中的一个或两个组合实施。It is worth noting that S3103 can be performed as an embodiment alone, for example, when other terminals send the first transmission to the network device and the second transmission is broadcast, S3103 can be performed alone. In some implementations, S3103 can be implemented in combination with one or two of S3101 to S3102.

如图3D所示,终端从第一网络设备接收第二传输。As shown in FIG. 3D , the terminal receives a second transmission from the first network device.

示例性地,若第一网络设备接收的第一传输中携带有与第二网络设备相关的标识信息,则可第一网络设备会认为第一传输是请求第二网络设备发送第二传输,则第一传输会被第一网络设备转发或透传至第二网络设备,如此,终端将接收到第二网络设备发送的第二传输。Exemplarily, if the first transmission received by the first network device carries identification information related to the second network device, the first network device may consider that the first transmission is a request for the second network device to send the second transmission. The first transmission will then be forwarded or transparently transmitted to the second network device by the first network device. In this way, the terminal will receive the second transmission sent by the second network device.

在一些实施例中,与第二网络设备相关的标识信息可包括但不限于以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the identification information related to the second network device may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following:

第二网络设备的设备标识,例如,基站标识; A device identifier of a second network device, for example, a base station identifier;

第二网络设备的小区标识。The cell identifier of the second network device.

在一些实施例中,第一网络设备可作为常规小区的网络设备。该常规小区可为周期性发送下行传输的小区。该常规小区关联有一个不会周期性发送下行传输的小区A。此时,第一网络设备接收到第一传输,就默认是请求小区A的下行传输,因此第一网络设备会将第一传输转发或透传至第二网络设备。故终端会收到第二网络设备发送的下行传输。In some embodiments, the first network device may be a network device of a regular cell. The regular cell may be a cell that periodically sends downlink transmissions. The regular cell is associated with a cell A that does not periodically send downlink transmissions. At this time, when the first network device receives the first transmission, it defaults to requesting the downlink transmission of cell A, so the first network device forwards or transparently transmits the first transmission to the second network device. Therefore, the terminal receives the downlink transmission sent by the second network device.

值得注意的是:该S3102和S3102组合实施,也可以与S3101至S3102组合实施。It is worth noting that: the combination of S3102 and S3102 can also be implemented in combination with S3101 to S3102.

如3E所示,终端从第二网络设备接收第二传输。As shown in 3E, the terminal receives a second transmission from the second network device.

S3104:继续发送第一传输。S3104: Continue sending the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,终端继续向第一网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the terminal continues to send the first transmission to the first network device.

在一些实施例中,终端未接收到第二传输或接收到的第二传输解码失败,继续发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the terminal does not receive the second transmission or fails to decode the received second transmission and continues to send the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,终端在发送第一传输之后的第一时间窗口内未接收到第二传输,继续发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the terminal does not receive the second transmission within a first time window after sending the first transmission, and continues to send the first transmission.

此处终端继续发送第一传输的可选实施方式可参见图2对应实施例的S2104。Here, an optional implementation manner in which the terminal continues to send the first transmission may refer to S2104 of the corresponding embodiment of FIG. 2 .

值得注意的是:该S3104可与S3102组合施例,或S3104可与S3101和S3102组合实施。It is worth noting that: S3104 can be implemented in combination with S3102, or S3104 can be implemented in combination with S3101 and S3102.

值得注意的是:S3101、S3103以及S3104均可为可选步骤。例如,第一传输的传输参与采用预定义方式确定,则终端无需从网络设备接收配置信息。网络设备在接收到第一传输之后确定不第二传输,则终端无法接收到第二传输。或者终端获取第二传输的需求消失,则终端可以不执行S3103。若终端不再有第二传输的获取需求、第一时间窗口未被配置或未被预定义,则终端也可无需继续发送第一传输。例如,终端发送指定次数第一传输之后依然没有接收到第二传输,可默认网络设备不会发送第二传输,为了避免无线环境的干扰,则不再继续发送第一传输,从而S3104可省略。该指定次数可为1次或多次。It is worth noting that S3101, S3103 and S3104 can all be optional steps. For example, the transmission participation of the first transmission is determined in a predefined manner, and the terminal does not need to receive configuration information from the network device. After receiving the first transmission, the network device determines that there is no second transmission, and the terminal cannot receive the second transmission. Or the terminal's need to obtain the second transmission disappears, and the terminal may not execute S3103. If the terminal no longer has the need to obtain the second transmission, the first time window is not configured or predefined, the terminal may not continue to send the first transmission. For example, after the terminal sends the first transmission a specified number of times and still does not receive the second transmission, it can be assumed that the network device will not send the second transmission. In order to avoid interference in the wireless environment, the first transmission will no longer be sent, and S3104 can be omitted. The specified number of times can be 1 or more.

如图4A所示,本公开实施例提供一种下行传输触发方法,可由第一网络设备执行。该方法可包括:As shown in FIG4A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a downlink transmission triggering method, which can be executed by a first network device. The method may include:

S4101:发送配置信息。S4101: Send configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第一网络设备向终端广播、组播或单播配置信息。In some embodiments, the first network device broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the configuration information to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,该配置信息的信息内容和/或携带信令都可以参见图2对应的实施例。In some embodiments, the information content and/or carried signaling of the configuration information may refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .

值得注意的是:该S4101可单独作为一个实施例执行,用于为终端配置第一传输,但是最终端可能未发送第一传输,则也不涉及第二传输的发送等步骤。It is worth noting that: S4101 can be executed independently as an embodiment to configure the first transmission for the terminal, but the final terminal may not send the first transmission, and the steps of sending the second transmission are not involved.

S4102:接收第一传输。S4102: Receive a first transmission.

在一些实施例中,接收终端广播、组播或单播的第一传输。In some embodiments, the receiving terminal broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,第一网络设备根据配置信息或预定义接收第一传输。In some embodiments, the first network device receives the first transmission according to configuration information or pre-definition.

在一些实施例中,第一传输的相关描述可以参见图2对应的实施例。In some embodiments, the relevant description of the first transmission can refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .

值得注意的是:该S4102可单独作为一个实施例执行,但是第二网络设备确定不发送第二传输,终端也未继续发送第一传输。It is worth noting that: S4102 can be executed independently as an embodiment, but the second network device determines not to send the second transmission, and the terminal does not continue to send the first transmission.

S4103:发送第二传输。S4103: Send the second transmission.

如图4B所示,第一网络设备向终端发送第二传输。As shown in FIG. 4B , the first network device sends a second transmission to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,第一网络设备向终端广播、组播或单播第二传输。In some embodiments, the first network device broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the second transmission to the terminals.

在一些实施例中,第二传输的相关描述可以参见图2对应的实施例。In some embodiments, the relevant description of the second transmission can refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .

值得注意的是:该S4103可与S4102以及S4103两者中任意一个组合实施例。It is worth noting that: S4103 can be combined with any one of S4102 and S4103 to implement the embodiment.

S4104:发送第一传输。S4104: Send the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一传输。如图4C所示,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the first network device sends a first transmission to the second network device. As shown in Figure 4C, the first network device sends a first transmission to the second network device.

在一些实施例中,若第一传输同时向第一网络设备和第二网络设备请求第二传输,则第一网络设备在自身向终端发送第二传输的同时,将第一传输转发给第二网络设备,以触发第二网络设备发送第二传输。In some embodiments, if the first transmission requests the second transmission from the first network device and the second network device at the same time, the first network device forwards the first transmission to the second network device while sending the second transmission to the terminal to trigger the second network device to send the second transmission.

在一些实施例中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备透传或转发第一传输。例如,第一网络设备基于与第二网络设备之间的基站间接口向第二网络设备发送第一传输。又例如,第一网络设备基于与第二网络设备之间的隧道向第二网络设备发送第一传输。In some embodiments, the first network device transparently transmits or forwards the first transmission to the second network device. For example, the first network device sends the first transmission to the second network device based on the base station interface between the first network device and the second network device. For another example, the first network device sends the first transmission to the second network device based on the tunnel between the first network device and the second network device.

值得注意的是:该S4104可与S4102组合式实施例,也可以是S4104、S4101及S4102三者组合实施例。It is worth noting that: S4104 can be combined with S4102 as an embodiment, or it can be a combination embodiment of S4104, S4101 and S4102.

S4105:继续接收第一传输。 S4105: Continue receiving the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,在接收到前一个第一传输后间隔第二传输的第一时间窗口后,继续接收第一传输。In some embodiments, the first transmission is continued to be received after a first time window separating the second transmission from the previous first transmission.

值得注意的是:该S4105可与S4102组合式实施例,也可以是S4105和S4102组合之后,并与S4101、S4103以及S4104中一个或多个组合实施例。It is worth noting that: S4105 can be a combined embodiment with S4102, or it can be a combination of S4105 and S4102 and combined with one or more of S4101, S4103 and S4104.

该第二传输的第一时间窗口可参见图2对应的实施例。The first time window of the second transmission may refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .

在一些实施例中,S4101、S4103以及S4104至S4105均可为可选步骤。例如,第一传输的传输参与采用预定义方式确定,则第一网络设备无需发送配置信息。又例如,配置信息由第二网络设备发送,则第一网络设备也无需发送配置信息。因此S4101可省略。第一网络设备在接收到第一传输之后确定不第二传输,则S4103可省略。若第一传输用于触发第二网络设备发送第二传输,则同样可省略S4103。若第一传输请求第一网络设备发送第二传输,则S4104可省略。若终端不再有第二传输的获取需求、第一时间窗口未被配置或未被预定义,则第一网络设备也可无需继续发送第一传输,则S4105可省略。例如,终端发送指定次数第一传输之后依然没有接收到第二传输,可默认网络设备不会发送第二传输,为了避免无线环境的干扰,则不再继续发送第一传输,从而S4105可省略。该指定次数可为1次或多次。In some embodiments, S4101, S4103, and S4104 to S4105 can all be optional steps. For example, if the transmission participation of the first transmission is determined in a predefined manner, the first network device does not need to send configuration information. For another example, if the configuration information is sent by the second network device, the first network device does not need to send configuration information. Therefore, S4101 can be omitted. After receiving the first transmission, the first network device determines that there is no second transmission, and S4103 can be omitted. If the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device to send the second transmission, S4103 can also be omitted. If the first transmission requests the first network device to send the second transmission, S4104 can be omitted. If the terminal no longer has the need to obtain the second transmission, the first time window is not configured or predefined, the first network device may not continue to send the first transmission, and S4105 can be omitted. For example, if the terminal still does not receive the second transmission after sending the first transmission for a specified number of times, it can be assumed that the network device will not send the second transmission. In order to avoid interference in the wireless environment, the first transmission will no longer be sent, so S4105 can be omitted. The specified number of times can be 1 or more.

如图5所示,本公开实施例提供一种下行传输触发方法,可由第二网络设备执行。该方法可包括:As shown in FIG5 , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a downlink transmission triggering method, which can be executed by a second network device. The method may include:

S5101:发送配置信息。S5101: Send configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第二网络设备向终端广播、组播或单播配置信息。In some embodiments, the second network device broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the configuration information to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,该配置信息的信息内容和/或携带信令都可以参见图2对应的实施例。In some embodiments, the information content and/or carried signaling of the configuration information may refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .

值得注意的是:该S5101可单独作为一个实施例执行,用于为终端配置第一传输。It is worth noting that: S5101 can be executed independently as an embodiment to configure the first transmission for the terminal.

S5102:接收第一传输。S5102: Receive a first transmission.

在一些实施例中,从第一网络设备接收第一传输。In some embodiments, a first transmission is received from a first network device.

在一些实施例中,从第一网络设备转发或透传的终端的第一传输。In some embodiments, a first transmission from a terminal is forwarded or transparently transmitted from a first network device.

在一些实施例中,第二网络设备根据配置信息或预定义接收第一传输。In some embodiments, the second network device receives the first transmission according to configuration information or pre-definition.

在一些实施例中,第一传输的相关描述可以参见图2对应的实施例。In some embodiments, the relevant description of the first transmission can refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .

值得注意的是:该S5102可单独作为一个实施例实施,也可以与其他步骤组合实施。It is worth noting that: S5102 can be implemented as an embodiment alone, or can be implemented in combination with other steps.

S5103:发送第二传输。S5103: Send the second transmission.

在一些实施例中,第二网络设备向终端广播、组播或单播第二传输。In some embodiments, the second network device broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the second transmission to the terminals.

在一些实施例中,第二传输的相关描述可以参见图2对应的实施例。In some embodiments, the relevant description of the second transmission can refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 .

S5104:接续接收第一传输。S5104: Continue receiving the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,第二网络设备继续从第一网络设备接收第一传输。例如,在前一个第一传输被接收之后间隔第二传输的第一时间窗口,继续接收第一传输。In some embodiments, the second network device continues to receive the first transmission from the first network device, for example, continuing to receive the first transmission during a first time window of the second transmission after a previous first transmission was received.

值得注意的是:该S5104可与S5102组合作为一个实施例实施、也可以与S5102以及S5103组合实施,还可以与S5101、S5102以及S5103组合实施。It is worth noting that: S5104 can be implemented in combination with S5102 as an embodiment, can be implemented in combination with S5102 and S5103, and can be implemented in combination with S5101, S5102 and S5103.

在一些实施例中,S5101、S5103以及S5104至S5105均可为可选步骤。例如,第一传输的传输参与采用预定义方式确定,则第二网络设备无需发送配置信息。又例如,配置信息由第一网络设备发送,则第二网络设备也无需发送配置信息。因此S5101可省略。第二网络设备在接收到第一传输之后确定不第二传输,则S5102和S5103可省略。若第二网络设备确定不发送第二传输,则S5103可省略。若终端不再有第二传输的获取需求、第一时间窗口未被配置或未被预定义,则第二网络设备也可无需继续接收送第一传输,则S5105可省略。In some embodiments, S5101, S5103, and S5104 to S5105 may all be optional steps. For example, if the transmission participation of the first transmission is determined in a predefined manner, the second network device does not need to send configuration information. For another example, if the configuration information is sent by the first network device, the second network device also does not need to send configuration information. Therefore, S5101 can be omitted. After receiving the first transmission, the second network device determines not to send the second transmission, then S5102 and S5103 can be omitted. If the second network device determines not to send the second transmission, then S5103 can be omitted. If the terminal no longer has the need to obtain the second transmission, and the first time window is not configured or predefined, then the second network device may not continue to receive and send the first transmission, then S5105 can be omitted.

第二传输可包括下行参考信号和/或下行信息,以下对下行参考信号中的SSB和/或SRS的配置进行相关介绍。The second transmission may include a downlink reference signal and/or downlink information. The configuration of the SSB and/or SRS in the downlink reference signal is introduced below.

网络设备基于业务需求情况等,停止发送对应的SSB。The network device stops sending the corresponding SSB based on business demand conditions, etc.

终端在SSB的接收期间无法接收对应SSB。若终端期望可以接收到对应SSB,则UE发送对应的唤醒信号(wake up signal,WUS)信号给网络设备。该WUS信号可为前述第一传输中参考信号的一种。The terminal cannot receive the corresponding SSB during the reception of the SSB. If the terminal expects to receive the corresponding SSB, the UE sends a corresponding wake-up signal (WUS) signal to the network device. The WUS signal may be a reference signal in the aforementioned first transmission.

网络设备可基于终端的WUS选择是否继续发送SSB。The network device can choose whether to continue sending SSB based on the terminal's WUS.

若网络设备确定发送SSB,网络设备发送对应的确认(acknowledgement character,ACK),确定传输SSB。If the network device determines to send SSB, the network device sends a corresponding confirmation (acknowledgement character, ACK) to confirm the transmission of SSB.

终端在发送WUS后开始尝试接收SSB和/或ACK。此时终端可接收对应ACK后,开始尝试接 收SSB。After sending WUS, the terminal starts trying to receive SSB and/or ACK. At this time, the terminal can receive the corresponding ACK and start trying to receive Receive SSB.

在一些实施例中,SSB可周期性或非周期性发送。In some embodiments, SSB may be sent periodically or aperiodically.

SSB图样(pattern)可与子载波间隔(sub Carrier Space,SCS)等有关,SSB的发送周期为20ms,具体的图样可如下表所示:
The SSB pattern may be related to the sub-carrier space (SCS) and the like. The transmission period of SSB is 20ms. The specific pattern may be shown in the following table:

SSB配置方式可如下:SSB configuration can be as follows:

首先,SSB可用于小区搜索。First, SSB can be used for cell search.

其次,终端可通过S1B1获取SSB的配置。Secondly, the terminal can obtain the SSB configuration through S1B1.

例如,通过SSB的服务小区配置SIB(ServingCellConfigCommonSIB)信息单元携带SSB的配置信息。For example, the configuration information of the SSB is carried by the serving cell configuration SIB (ServingCellConfigCommonSIB) information unit of the SSB.

该ServingCellConfigCommonSIB信息单元可如下:
The ServingCellConfigCommonSIB information element may be as follows:

注:SSB突发(ssb-PositionsInBurst)可包括两个字段,分别是:在一个组(inOneGroup)字段和组呈现(groupPresence)字段。这两个字段都可包括8个比特的比特字符串(BIT STRING)。Note: SSB burst (ssb-PositionsInBurst) may include two fields, namely: inOneGroup field and groupPresence field. Both fields may include 8-bit bit string (BIT STRING).

在一个周期内SSB突发有64个时,则inOneGroup字段中一个比特的不同值,可指示一个突发组的SSB突发是否发送。一个突发组可包括8个SSB突发。此时,groupPresence字段的8个比特分别指示inOneGroup字段指示发送的突发组中各个SSB突发是否发送。When there are 64 SSB bursts in one cycle, different values of a bit in the inOneGroup field can indicate whether the SSB burst of a burst group is sent. A burst group can include 8 SSB bursts. At this time, the 8 bits of the groupPresence field respectively indicate whether each SSB burst in the burst group indicated by the inOneGroup field is sent.

在一个周期内SSB突发有16个时,则inOneGroup字段和groupPresence字段分别指示8个SSB突发是否发送。When there are 16 SSB bursts in one cycle, the inOneGroup field and the groupPresence field respectively indicate whether 8 SSB bursts are sent.

ssb-PeriodicityServingCell字段指示SSB发送周期。The ssb-PeriodicityServingCell field indicates the SSB sending period.

3)基于服务小区公共配置(servingcellConfigCommon)IE进行SSB配置。3) Perform SSB configuration based on the serving cell common configuration (servingcellConfigCommon) IE.

servingcellConfigCommon IE可如下:
The servingcellConfigCommon IE can be as follows:

一个SSB突发(burst)内包含4、8或64个SSB。服务小区SSB周期(ssb-periodicityServingCell) 字段配置的SSB的发送周期。An SSB burst contains 4, 8 or 64 SSBs. Serving cell SSB period (ssb-periodicityServingCell) The SSB sending period configured by the field.

SSB频域位置可采用如下方式确定:The SSB frequency domain position can be determined as follows:

SSB频域范围基于终端通过在对应频域范围搜索盲检对应的SSB确定。The SSB frequency domain range is determined based on the terminal searching for the SSB corresponding to the blind detection in the corresponding frequency domain range.

在一些实施例中,SSB在频域上占据20个资源块)(Resource Block,RB)。In some embodiments, SSB occupies 20 resource blocks (RBs) in the frequency domain.

SIB1配置方式:SIB1 configuration method:

1)方式一:基于主信息块(Master Information Block,MIB)配置SIB1。1) Method 1: Configure SIB1 based on the Master Information Block (MIB).

MIB内的物理下行控制信道配置SIB1(pdcch-ConfigSIB1),用于指示调度SIB1的DCI format0_1(SI-RNTI)加扰的控制资源集(CORESET)#0和搜索空间(SearchSpace)#0。SIB1的缺省(default)周期可为20ms,终端盲检对应的下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)获取SIB1的传输指示,在DCI指示传输SIB1时,则终端指示的位置接收对应的物理下行共享信道信息,解析物理下行共享信道信息得到SIB1。The physical downlink control channel configuration SIB1 (pdcch-ConfigSIB1) in the MIB is used to indicate the control resource set (CORESET) #0 and search space (SearchSpace) #0 of the DCI format0_1 (SI-RNTI) scrambled by scheduling SIB1. The default period of SIB1 can be 20ms. The terminal blindly detects the corresponding downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) to obtain the transmission indication of SIB1. When the DCI indicates the transmission of SIB1, the terminal receives the corresponding physical downlink shared channel information at the position indicated by the terminal, and parses the physical downlink shared channel information to obtain SIB1.

2)方式二:基于SIB1指示的服务小区配置功能SIB(servingCellConfigCommonSIB)内的物理下行控制信道配置公共(PDCCH-configCommon)IE配置SIB1。2) Method 2: Configure SIB1 based on the physical downlink control channel configuration common (PDCCH-configCommon) IE in the serving cell configuration function SIB (servingCellConfigCommonSIB) indicated by SIB1.

PDCCH-configCommon IE包含:搜索空间(searchspace,SS)SIB1配置和/或控制资源集(CORESET)#0和搜索空间(SearchSpace)#0的配置。PDCCH-configCommon IE includes: search space (SS) SIB1 configuration and/or control resource set (CORESET) #0 and search space (SearchSpace) #0 configuration.

对应辅小区的SIB1获取,一为通过服务小区公共(servingcellConfigCommon)IE配置二为通过专用SIB1传输(dedicatedSIB1-Delivery)IE配置。The SIB1 acquisition of the corresponding secondary cell is configured through the serving cell common (servingcellConfigCommon) IE and the dedicated SIB1 transmission (dedicatedSIB1-Delivery) IE.

SRS基于如下方式配置:SRS is configured based on the following:

ServingCellConfig->UplinkConfig->BWP-Uplink->BWP-UplinkDedicated->SRS-config。ServingCellConfig->UplinkConfig->BWP-Uplink->BWP-UplinkDedicated->SRS-config.

ServingCellConfig IE包含UplinkConfig IE。ServingCellConfig IE includes UplinkConfig IE.

UplinkConfig IE包含BWP-Uplink IE。UplinkConfig IE includes BWP-Uplink IE.

BWP-Uplink IE包含BWP-UplinkDedicated IE。BWP-Uplink IE includes BWP-UplinkDedicated IE.

BWP-UplinkDedicated IE包含SRS-config IE。该SRS-configIE为SRS的配置信息。BWP-UplinkDedicated IE includes SRS-config IE. The SRS-configIE is the configuration information of SRS.

SRS对应功能(usage)可如下:The SRS usage is as follows:

基于SRS应用场景的不同,包含以下几种:Based on different SRS application scenarios, there are the following types:

{波束管理(beamManagement),码本(codebook),非码本(nonCodebook),天线切换(antennaSwitching)},具体场景基于功能配置。
{beam management, codebook, non-codebook, antenna switching}, the specific scenario is based on the functional configuration.

SRS所在频域位置可由RRC信令配置确定:The frequency domain location of the SRS can be determined by RRC signaling configuration:

SRS所在RB位置可用如下方式确定:The RB location of the SRS can be determined as follows:

SRS所占RB数可基于c-SRS确定,所述c-SRS基于高层信令配置。SRS的RB起始位置基于频移(freqDomainShift(nshift))确定。The number of RBs occupied by SRS may be determined based on c-SRS, which is configured based on high-layer signaling. The RB starting position of SRS is determined based on the frequency shift (freqDomainShift(n shift )).

的条件下,对应SRS参考位置为CRB#0的子载波0的位置,否则SRS频域起始参考位置为所在激活BWP的最低位置。exist Under the condition that the corresponding SRS reference position is the position of subcarrier 0 of CRB#0, otherwise the SRS frequency domain starting reference position is the lowest position of the activated BWP.

SRS所在RE位置:SRS所在RE起始位置KTC∈{2,4,8}决定SRS传输的梳齿,以KTC=2为例,对应RB内SRS每隔2个RE传输,所述两个参数基于高层参数transmissionComb确定。SRS RE location: SRS RE starting location K TC ∈{2,4,8} determines the comb teeth of SRS transmission. Taking K TC =2 as an example, SRS is transmitted every 2 REs in a corresponding RB. The two parameters are determined based on a high-level parameter transmissionComb.

SRS所在时域位置可由RRC信令配置确定。The time domain position of the SRS can be determined by RRC signaling configuration.

对于周期和半静态的SRS,其所在时隙t可基于半静态周期和偏移量(SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset)配置,SRS在时隙内的符号起始位置和所占符号长度基于起始位置(startPosition)字段和符号数(nrofSymbols)字段指示。对于AP SRS,对应SRS传输基于DCI触发。For periodic and semi-static SRS, the time slot t can be configured based on the semi-static period and offset (SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset), and the symbol starting position and symbol length of SRS in the time slot are indicated based on the start position (startPosition) field and the number of symbols (nrofSymbols) field. For AP SRS, the corresponding SRS transmission is based on DCI triggering.

SRS触发方式:SRS trigger mode:

对于半静态的SRS,对应SRS传输基于MAC CE触发,以SRS资源集(SRS resource set)为粒度。For semi-static SRS, the corresponding SRS transmission is based on MAC CE triggering and takes SRS resource set as the granularity.

对于非周期(即动态)的SRS,基于DCI 0_1或DCI 0_2中的SRS request触发,触发对应的SRS resource set的传输。For non-periodic (i.e. dynamic) SRS, the transmission of the corresponding SRS resource set is triggered based on the SRS request trigger in DCI 0_1 or DCI 0_2.

SRS序列:SRS sequence:

对应SRS序列基于ZC序列确定,所述序列与天线端口CSαi以及传输梳状值Comb KTC∈{2,4,8}有关。
The corresponding SRS sequence is determined based on the ZC sequence, and the sequence is related to the antenna port CSα i is related to the transmission comb value Comb K TC ∈{2,4,8}.

终端侧的下行传输处理方法可如下:The downlink transmission processing method on the terminal side may be as follows:

终端支持网络节能的终端通过向基站发送SRS信令,请求基站发送下行信号和/或信息,信号和/或信息至少包括SSB和/或SIB1。终端通过如下方式请求NES基站发送下行信号和/或信道:The terminal supports network energy saving by sending SRS signaling to the base station to request the base station to send downlink signals and/or information, where the signals and/or information include at least SSB and/or SIB1. The terminal requests the NES base station to send downlink signals and/or channels in the following manner:

方式1:支持网络节能的终端确定传输参考信号的时频域资源以及参考信号,并发送参考信号。Mode 1: A terminal supporting network energy saving determines time-frequency domain resources for transmitting a reference signal and a reference signal, and sends the reference signal.

方式1-1:终端基于配置信息确定参考信号的时频域资源以及参考信号,并基于配置信息发送参考信号。Mode 1-1: The terminal determines the time-frequency domain resources of the reference signal and the reference signal based on the configuration information, and sends the reference signal based on the configuration information.

示例性地,终端基于配置信息发送参考信号SIB1/SSB可包括但不限于以下至少之一:Exemplarily, the terminal sending the reference signal SIB1/SSB based on the configuration information may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:

终端基于小区1获取配置信息,并在小区1上发送参考信号,请求小区2的SIB1/SSB;The terminal obtains configuration information based on cell 1, and sends a reference signal on cell 1 to request SIB1/SSB of cell 2;

终端基于小区1获取配置信息,并在小区2上发送参考信号,请求小区2的SIB1/SSB;The terminal obtains configuration information based on cell 1, and sends a reference signal on cell 2 to request SIB1/SSB of cell 2;

终端基于小区2获取配置信息,并在小区2上发送参考信号,请求小区2的SIB1/SSB。方式1-2:支持网络节能的终端基于预定义方式确定参考信号的时频域资源以及参考信号。The terminal obtains configuration information based on cell 2, and sends a reference signal on cell 2 to request SIB1/SSB of cell 2. Mode 1-2: The terminal supporting network energy saving determines the time-frequency domain resources and reference signal of the reference signal based on a predefined method.

方式1-3:终端在发送参考信号后,在第一时间窗口内基于如下方式尝试接收SIB1/SSB。Method 1-3: After sending the reference signal, the terminal attempts to receive SIB1/SSB within the first time window based on the following method.

方式1-3-1:第一时间窗口基于信令指示或预定义方式确定。Method 1-3-1: The first time window is determined based on signaling indication or a predefined method.

方法1-3-2:终端在第一时间窗口未接收到对应SIB1/SSB的条件下,继续发送参考信号。Method 1-3-2: When the terminal does not receive the corresponding SIB1/SSB in the first time window, it continues to send the reference signal.

方式2:终端基于如下方式区分用于SIB1/SSB请求信息的参考信号,并传输对应的参考信号。以下以参考信号为SRS进行举例说明,实际后续该参考信号不限于SRS。Mode 2: The terminal distinguishes the reference signal used for SIB1/SSB request information based on the following method and transmits the corresponding reference signal. The following example takes the reference signal as SRS, but the actual reference signal is not limited to SRS.

方式2-1:终端基于SRS所在时频域位置确定用于SIB1/SSB请求信息的SRS。Method 2-1: The terminal determines the SRS for SIB1/SSB request information based on the time-frequency domain position of the SRS.

方式2-2:终端基于SRS对应序列确定用于SIB1/SSB请求信息的SRS。Method 2-2: The terminal determines the SRS for SIB1/SSB request information based on the SRS corresponding sequence.

方式2-3:终端基于SRS对应的功能(usage)确定用于SIB1/SSB请求信息的SRS。Method 2-3: The terminal determines the SRS used for SIB1/SSB request information based on the function (usage) corresponding to the SRS.

方式2-4:终端区分用于SIB1/SSB请求信息的SRS后,发送SRS,在第一时间窗口内基于如下方式尝试接收SIB1/SSB。Method 2-4: After the terminal distinguishes the SRS used for SIB1/SSB request information, it sends the SRS and attempts to receive SIB1/SSB within the first time window based on the following method.

方式2-4还可包括以下至少之一:Methods 2-4 may also include at least one of the following:

方式2-4-1:第一时间窗口基于信令指示或预定义方式确定。Method 2-4-1: The first time window is determined based on signaling instructions or a predefined method.

方式2-4-2:终端在第一时间窗口未接收到对应SIB1/SSB的条件下,继续发送SRS。Method 2-4-2: The terminal continues to send SRS when it does not receive the corresponding SIB1/SSB in the first time window.

方式3:终端基于如下参数确定SRS配置信息和SRS序列。Mode 3: The terminal determines the SRS configuration information and SRS sequence based on the following parameters.

方式3-1:SRS传输对应的时频域资源。Method 3-1: Time-frequency domain resources corresponding to SRS transmission.

该资源基于如下一个或多个参数确定:The resource is determined based on one or more of the following parameters:

起始资源单元、所占RB数、对应Comb数、SRS符号长度、SRS符号起始位置、SRS传输所在时隙和/或SRS周期。Starting resource unit, number of occupied RBs, corresponding Comb number, SRS symbol length, SRS symbol starting position, SRS transmission time slot and/or SRS period.

方式3-2:SRS序列对应参数:SRS对应端口,循环移位,对应Comb数。Mode 3-2: SRS sequence corresponding parameters: SRS corresponding port, cyclic shift, corresponding Comb number.

方式3-3:SRS序列对应的功能(usage)。Method 3-3: Function (usage) corresponding to the SRS sequence.

方式3-4:SRS配置信息属性。Method 3-4: SRS configuration information attributes.

方式3-4-1:SRS可以基于专用(dedicated)信令配置。Method 3-4-1: SRS can be configured based on dedicated signaling.

方式3-4-2:SRS可以基于公共(common)信令配置:示例性地,公共(common)信令可包括但不限于:SIB1或服务公共配置(servingCellConfigCommon)配置的部分带宽公共上行链路(BWPUplinkCommon)。Mode 3-4-2: SRS can be configured based on common signaling: For example, common signaling may include but is not limited to: partial bandwidth common uplink (BWPUplinkCommon) configured by SIB1 or servingCellConfigCommon.

方式3-4-3:SRS可以基于系统广播信令配置,示例性地,基于SSB的SIB 1配置。Method 3-4-3: SRS can be configured based on system broadcast signaling, exemplarily based on SIB 1 configuration of SSB.

方式3-5:终端在发送SRS后,在第一时间窗口内基于如下方式尝试接收SIB1/SSB。Method 3-5: After sending the SRS, the terminal attempts to receive SIB1/SSB within the first time window based on the following method.

方式3-5-1:第一时间窗口基于信令指示或预定义方式确定。Method 3-5-1: The first time window is determined based on signaling instructions or a predefined method.

方式3-5-2:终端在第一时间窗口未接收到对应SIB1/SSB的条件下,继续发送SRS。Method 3-5-2: The terminal continues to send SRS if it does not receive the corresponding SIB1/SSB in the first time window.

基站侧的下行传输处理方法可如下:The downlink transmission processing method on the base station side may be as follows:

支持网络节能的基站接收终端请求的SSB和/或SIB1的SRS信令,并根据上述请求确定是否发送下行信号和/或信息。A base station supporting network energy saving receives SSB and/or SRS signaling of SIB1 requested by a terminal, and determines whether to send a downlink signal and/or information according to the request.

方式1:基站确定传输参考信号的时频域资源以及参考信号,并根据信息接收参考信号。Mode 1: The base station determines the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal and the reference signal, and receives the reference signal according to the information.

方式1-1:基站确定传输参考信号的时频域资源以及参考信号,并发送指示信令。Mode 1-1: The base station determines the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal and the reference signal, and sends an indication signaling.

具体方式与终端侧方法类似,在此不再赘述;The specific method is similar to the terminal side method and will not be repeated here;

方式1-2:基站基于预定义方式确定参考信号的时频域资源以及参考信号。Mode 1-2: The base station determines the time-frequency domain resources and the reference signal of the reference signal based on a predefined method.

方式2:基站基于如下方式区分用于SIB1/SSB请求信息的SRS。Method 2: The base station distinguishes the SRS used for SIB1/SSB request information based on the following method.

方式2-1:基站基于SRS所在时频域位置确定用于SIB1/SSB请求信息的SRS。Method 2-1: The base station determines the SRS for SIB1/SSB request information based on the time-frequency domain position of the SRS.

方式2-2:基站基于SRS对应序列确定用于SIB1/SSB请求信息的SRS。 Method 2-2: The base station determines the SRS for SIB1/SSB request information based on the SRS corresponding sequence.

方式2-3:基站基于SRS对应的功能(usage)确定用于SIB1/SSB请求信息的SRS;Mode 2-3: The base station determines the SRS for SIB1/SSB request information based on the function (usage) corresponding to the SRS;

方案三:网络侧基于如下参数确定SRS配置信息和SRS序列。Solution 3: The network side determines the SRS configuration information and SRS sequence based on the following parameters.

方式3-1:具体方式与终端侧类似,在此不再赘述;Method 3-1: The specific method is similar to that on the terminal side and will not be repeated here;

实施方式:Implementation method:

假设终端为Rel-18及后续版本终端,且终端为支持NES特性的终端。为支持网络节能的需求,考虑到网络设备在一定时间内可能放弃发送对应的系统信息,例如,SSB和/或SIB1/SIBn,或者放弃接收对应的上行信号,例如,RACH等,终端需要基于对应的网络侧行为放弃系统信息的接收,或者,上行信号的传输。值得注意的是,本公开实施例方案除了应用在NES场景中,还可应用在其他场景中,本公开实施例方案对此不作限制。Assume that the terminal is a Rel-18 or later version terminal, and the terminal is a terminal that supports the NES feature. In order to support the demand for network energy saving, considering that the network equipment may give up sending the corresponding system information, such as SSB and/or SIB1/SIBn, or give up receiving the corresponding uplink signal, such as RACH, etc. within a certain period of time, the terminal needs to give up receiving the system information or transmitting the uplink signal based on the corresponding network side behavior. It is worth noting that in addition to being applied in the NES scenario, the embodiment of the present disclosure can also be applied in other scenarios, and the embodiment of the present disclosure is not limited to this.

若网络设备在一定时间内放弃发送对应的信息,信息可以称为on-demand信息,本公开实施例方案以SSB和SIB1为例,信息为按需(on-demand)SSB和/或SIB1,阐述本公开实施例方案。对于其他的信息,也在本公开实施例方案的保护范围在内,在此不再赘述。If the network device gives up sending the corresponding information within a certain period of time, the information can be called on-demand information. The embodiment of the present disclosure takes SSB and SIB1 as an example, and the information is on-demand SSB and/or SIB1 to illustrate the embodiment of the present disclosure. Other information is also within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present disclosure and will not be repeated here.

本公开实施例方案涉及的on demand SSB/SIB的状态指示,包括以下至少之一:The on demand SSB/SIB status indication involved in the embodiment of the present disclosure includes at least one of the following:

基站不发送SSB且不传输SIB1;The base station does not send SSB and does not transmit SIB1;

基站不发送SSB且发送SIB1;The base station does not send SSB but sends SIB1;

基站发送SIB1且不发送SSB;The base station sends SIB1 and does not send SSB;

基站发送SSB且按需发送SIB1;The base station sends SSB and SIB1 as needed;

基站发送SIB1且按需发送SSB。The base station sends SIB1 and SSB as needed.

本公开实施例方案主要针对基站不传输SSB,或SIB1的状态下,终端需要对应SSB和/或SIB1发送的系统消息的条件下,发送对应的参考信号,用于请求基站传输对应SSB和/或SIB1。The embodiment of the present disclosure mainly aims at sending a corresponding reference signal to request the base station to transmit the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1 when the base station does not transmit SSB or SIB1 and the terminal needs to send a system message corresponding to SSB and/or SIB1.

本公开实施例方案主要设计参考信号,实现上述信息请求过程。基于此,与本公开实施例相关的过程如下所示:The embodiment of the present disclosure mainly designs reference signals to implement the above information request process. Based on this, the process related to the embodiment of the present disclosure is as follows:

步骤1:终端确定用于触发请求的SRS的配置信息。配置信息可以基于信令配置或预定义方式确定,具体实施场景可能包括以下一种或多种:Step 1: The terminal determines the configuration information of the SRS used to trigger the request. The configuration information may be determined based on signaling configuration or a predefined method. The specific implementation scenarios may include one or more of the following:

实施例1-2:Embodiment 1-2:

在本实施例中,假设基站为支持网络节能技术的基站。基站能够根据网络负载、驻留终端数目、业务类型、服务时段等选择停止发送部分下行信号或者信道。当然,对于基站是否发送部分下行信号或者信道的决策过程和策略本公开实施例不做任何限定。基站接收到终端发送的指示信息后,可根据终端的请求信息,选择恢复发送下行信号或者信道。在本实施例中,根据终端请求,基站确定发送如下下行信号或者信道任意之一或者任意组合:SSB、SIB1、TRS、PDCCH、PDSCH、CSI-RS。In this embodiment, it is assumed that the base station is a base station that supports network energy-saving technology. The base station can choose to stop sending some downlink signals or channels according to the network load, the number of resident terminals, the type of service, the service period, etc. Of course, the decision-making process and strategy of whether the base station sends some downlink signals or channels are not limited in any way in the disclosed embodiment. After the base station receives the indication information sent by the terminal, it can choose to resume sending the downlink signal or channel according to the request information of the terminal. In this embodiment, according to the request of the terminal, the base station determines to send any one or any combination of the following downlink signals or channels: SSB, SIB1, TRS, PDCCH, PDSCH, CSI-RS.

在一些实施例中,该下行信号还可包括:PSS和SSS,DRS等。In some embodiments, the downlink signal may also include: PSS and SSS, DRS, etc.

在一些实施例中,该下行信号还可包括其他新定义的下行参考信号。In some embodiments, the downlink signal may also include other newly defined downlink reference signals.

在本实施例中,终端通在PUCCH上发送PUCCH信息,通过PUCCH信息请求基站发送下行信号和/或信号。在本实施例中,终端通过参考信号承载请求信息。在后续描述中称之为参考信号。In this embodiment, the terminal sends PUCCH information on the PUCCH, and requests the base station to send a downlink signal and/or a signal through the PUCCH information. In this embodiment, the terminal carries the request information through a reference signal, which is referred to as a reference signal in the subsequent description.

此处的PUCCH信息为前述第一传输的一种。在一些实施例中,该第一传输还可包括各种参考信号。以下以参考信号为例进行举例说明,具体实现时下列实施例中的参考信号都可以替换成“第一传输”。The PUCCH information here is a type of the aforementioned first transmission. In some embodiments, the first transmission may also include various reference signals. The following is an example of a reference signal. When implementing the reference signal in the following embodiments, the reference signal can be replaced by "first transmission".

在本实施例中,终端在周期性出现的参考信号发送资源上发送特定的参考信号,参考信号用于请求基站发送下行信号和/或信道。发送参考信号资源用于终端发送请求第二传输的各种类型的参考信号和/或上行信息。In this embodiment, the terminal sends a specific reference signal on a periodically occurring reference signal sending resource, and the reference signal is used to request the base station to send a downlink signal and/or a channel. The sending reference signal resource is used by the terminal to send various types of reference signals and/or uplink information requesting a second transmission.

在本实施例中,终端通过如下方法确定用于请求基站下行传输的参考信号所占时频资源。本公开实施例对于终端的状态不做任何规定,例如本公开实施例可应用于连接态终端,亦可应用于空闲态(IDLE)或者非激活态(INACTIVE)终端。本公开实施例对于发送参考信号时频资源的配置来自于何种基站亦不做任何限定,例如本公开实施例中的相关配置信息可由终端请求下行传输的基站发送,亦可用其他基站发送。In this embodiment, the terminal determines the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal for requesting the base station for downlink transmission by the following method. The disclosed embodiment does not make any provision for the state of the terminal. For example, the disclosed embodiment can be applied to a connected terminal, and can also be applied to an idle (IDLE) or inactive (INACTIVE) terminal. The disclosed embodiment does not make any limitation on which base station the configuration of the time-frequency resources for sending the reference signal comes from. For example, the relevant configuration information in the disclosed embodiment can be sent by the base station from which the terminal requests downlink transmission, or can be sent by other base stations.

根据基站发送的小区专用(specific)信令中的配置信息确定,本公开实施例不限定小区-specific信令的类型,例如SIB1或者其他SIB。或者,根据基站发送的UE-dedicated RRC signalling中的配置信息确定。或者,通过协议预定义的方式确定,也即终端在协议中规定好的默认(default)资源上发送参考信号。该参考信号可用于请求基站下行传输。Determined according to the configuration information in the cell-specific signaling sent by the base station. The disclosed embodiment does not limit the type of cell-specific signaling, such as SIB1 or other SIBs. Alternatively, it is determined according to the configuration information in the UE-dedicated RRC signaling sent by the base station. Alternatively, it is determined in a manner predefined by the protocol, that is, the terminal sends a reference signal on the default resource specified in the protocol. The reference signal can be used to request a base station downlink transmission.

由于用于请求基站下行传输传输的参考信号的资源,可能与用于发送CSI或者HARQ确认信息 或者SR信息的资源冲突。在此场景下,本公开实施例假设终端在资源上按照需要发送CSI或者HARQ确认或者SR信息。或者,在此场景下,本公开实施例假设终端在资源上发送参考信号。Since the resources used to request the base station to transmit the reference signal for downlink transmission may be different from those used to send CSI or HARQ confirmation information Or resource conflict of SR information. In this scenario, the embodiment of the present disclosure assumes that the terminal sends CSI or HARQ confirmation or SR information on the resource as needed. Or, in this scenario, the embodiment of the present disclosure assumes that the terminal sends a reference signal on the resource.

在本公开实施例中,参考信号的发送资源可包括但不限于PUCCH资源。例如,在一些实施例中,该参考信号的发送资源还可包括PRACH资源。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, the transmission resources of the reference signal may include but are not limited to PUCCH resources. For example, in some embodiments, the transmission resources of the reference signal may also include PRACH resources.

对于用于发送参考信号的发送资源,其为通过前述任意方法配置或者确定的额外发送资源,该发送资源也即不同于传统的用于承载ACK/NACK或者调度请求(SR)的资源。或者,用于发送参考信号的发送资源与现有(legacy)发送资源共享,也即通过前述任意方法之一,在发送资源集(set)中选取一个或者多个发送资源用于发送请求基站下行传输的指示信息。在此假设下,基站需要告知终端用于发送请求基站下行传输指示信息的发送资源标识,且发送资源不能用来发送CSI信息或者HARQ确认信息或者SR的资源。或者,终端需要通过预定义的方式确定用于发送下行传输指示信息的发送资源标识,例如,集合中标识最小或表示最大的发送资源。For the transmission resource used to send the reference signal, it is an additional transmission resource configured or determined by any of the aforementioned methods, and the transmission resource is different from the traditional resource used to carry ACK/NACK or scheduling request (SR). Alternatively, the transmission resource used to send the reference signal is shared with the existing (legacy) transmission resource, that is, through any of the aforementioned methods, one or more transmission resources are selected in the transmission resource set (set) for sending the indication information requesting the base station to transmit downlink. Under this assumption, the base station needs to inform the terminal of the transmission resource identifier used to send the indication information requesting the base station to transmit downlink, and the transmission resource cannot be used to send CSI information or HARQ confirmation information or SR resources. Alternatively, the terminal needs to determine the transmission resource identifier used to send the downlink transmission indication information in a predefined manner, for example, the transmission resource with the smallest identifier or the largest identifier in the set.

基于如上假设和配置,终端在参考信号资源上,在需要请求基站侧发送对应下行信号或者信道时,发送承载请求基站下行传输请求信息的参考信号。在本实施例中,假设终端在资源上发送特定的参考信号,用于请求基站发送下行信道或者信号。信息参考信号用于请求基站发送SSB,或者SIB1,或者SSB和SIB1,或者特定波束(beam)对应的SSB,波束(beam)对应的SIB1,或者,特定波束对应的SSB或者SIB1、或者其他任意下行信道和/或信号的组合,如前。Based on the above assumptions and configurations, the terminal sends a reference signal carrying information for requesting the base station to send downlink transmission on the reference signal resource when it needs to request the base station to send the corresponding downlink signal or channel. In this embodiment, it is assumed that the terminal sends a specific reference signal on the resource to request the base station to send a downlink channel or signal. The information reference signal is used to request the base station to send SSB, or SIB1, or SSB and SIB1, or SSB corresponding to a specific beam, SIB1 corresponding to a beam, or SSB or SIB1 corresponding to a specific beam, or any other combination of downlink channels and/or signals, as described above.

用于请求基站进行下行信号或者信道发送的第一传输参考信号,可通过协议预定义的方式确定,例如,可以通过协议约定等预定义方式约定参考信号的长度以及特定比特组成的信息,例如,‘00000000000’;亦可通过基站进行配置,也即基站指定何种比特指示对应的信息用做参考信号。The first transmission reference signal used to request the base station to send a downlink signal or channel can be determined in a predefined manner by the protocol. For example, the length of the reference signal and information composed of specific bits can be agreed upon in a predefined manner such as protocol agreement, for example, ‘00000000000’; it can also be configured by the base station, that is, the base station specifies which bits indicate the corresponding information to be used as the reference signal.

进一步地,特定参考信号可对应于下行信号和/或信道的发送波束,例如对应的一个或者多个SSB索引(index)。前述参考信号与终端请求的信号和/或信道的对应关系通过高层信令进行配置或者通过协议预定义的方式确定。Furthermore, the specific reference signal may correspond to a transmission beam of a downlink signal and/or channel, such as one or more corresponding SSB indices. The correspondence between the aforementioned reference signal and the signal and/or channel requested by the terminal is configured through high-level signaling or determined in a predefined manner by the protocol.

进一步地,第一传输可以用于请求特定波束的SSB和/或SIB1,波束与第一传输使用的波束准共址,本公开实施例不做任何限定。Furthermore, the first transmission may be used to request SSB and/or SIB1 of a specific beam, and the beam is quasi-co-located with the beam used for the first transmission, and the embodiments of the present disclosure do not impose any limitation thereto.

当终端处于空闲态和/或非激活态时,配置信息不释放,终端仍可根据配置信息在对应时频资源上发送PUCCH format#2,用于请求基站发送对应的下行信号或者信道。When the terminal is in idle state and/or inactive state, the configuration information is not released. The terminal can still send PUCCH format #2 on the corresponding time-frequency resources according to the configuration information to request the base station to send the corresponding downlink signal or channel.

进一步地,终端发送参考信号后,在T之后的第一个请求的下行信道和/或信号传输时域资源位置检测接收对应的下行信道和/或信号。T根据终端能力确定,或者通过基站发送的配置信息确定。该T可对应于前述第一时间窗口。即第一时间窗口可根据终端的能力和/或基站和终端之间收发信息单侧时间间隔确定。Further, after the terminal sends the reference signal, the first requested downlink channel and/or signal transmission time domain resource position detection after T receives the corresponding downlink channel and/or signal. T is determined according to the terminal capability, or determined by the configuration information sent by the base station. This T may correspond to the aforementioned first time window. That is, the first time window may be determined according to the capability of the terminal and/or the one-sided time interval for sending and receiving information between the base station and the terminal.

基站检测接收到终端发送的参考信号后,发送终端请求的下行信号或者信道。After detecting and receiving the reference signal sent by the terminal, the base station sends the downlink signal or channel requested by the terminal.

参考信号当然下行信道可为前述信道或者信号的任意一种或者任意组合,本公开实施例不做任何限定。另外,以SSB为例,在SSB关闭(OFF)期间,基站可选择性的发送其他的信号或者信号,本公开实施例亦不做任何限定。在如下例子中,假设终端可通过八种不同的信息参考信号向基站请求SSB的发送。示例性地,在信息所占比特等于3比特,示例性地,假设此时SSB的传输图样为case A,且为3GHz以下,因此系统内的SSB为4个。在本例中假设终端发送参考信号和SSB的对应关系如下,对应关系通过前述任意方法确定:Of course, the downlink channel of the reference signal can be any one or any combination of the aforementioned channels or signals, and the embodiments of the present disclosure do not impose any limitations. In addition, taking SSB as an example, during the period when SSB is off (OFF), the base station can selectively send other signals or signals, and the embodiments of the present disclosure do not impose any limitations. In the following example, it is assumed that the terminal can request the base station to send SSB through eight different information reference signals. Exemplarily, when the information ratio is equal to 3 bits, it is assumed that the transmission pattern of SSB is case A at this time, and it is below 3GHz, so there are 4 SSBs in the system. In this example, it is assumed that the correspondence between the reference signal sent by the terminal and the SSB is as follows, and the correspondence is determined by any of the aforementioned methods:

000对应于SSB#0和SSB#1;000 corresponds to SSB#0 and SSB#1;

001对应于SSB#2和SSB#3;001 corresponds to SSB#2 and SSB#3;

010对应于SSB#0、SSB#1、SSB#2和SSB#3;010 corresponds to SSB#0, SSB#1, SSB#2, and SSB#3;

011对应于SSB#0;011 corresponds to SSB#0;

100对应于SSB#1;100 corresponds to SSB#1;

101对应于SSB#2;101 corresponds to SSB#2;

110对应于SSB#3。110 corresponds to SSB#3.

为了全面的示例性说明本实施例方案,假设终端在三个不同的参考信号传输位置发送了不同的参考信号,当基站未接收到任何终端发送的任何参考信号时,基站不需要发送SSB。当基站接收到终端发送的参考信号对应‘000’时,则发送SSB#0和SSB#1;当基站接收到终端发送的参考信号对应‘001时,则发送SSB#2和SSB#3;当基站接收到终端发送的参考信号对应‘010时,则发送SSB#0、SSB#1、SSB#2和SSB#4。其他指示信息类似,在此不再赘述。In order to fully illustrate the scheme of this embodiment, it is assumed that the terminal sends different reference signals at three different reference signal transmission positions. When the base station does not receive any reference signal sent by any terminal, the base station does not need to send SSB. When the base station receives the reference signal corresponding to '000' sent by the terminal, SSB#0 and SSB#1 are sent; when the base station receives the reference signal corresponding to '001' sent by the terminal, SSB#2 and SSB#3 are sent; when the base station receives the reference signal corresponding to '010' sent by the terminal, SSB#0, SSB#1, SSB#2 and SSB#4 are sent. Other indication information is similar and will not be repeated here.

当然如前,本公开实施例方法不限定为SSB,也不限定参考信号和下行信号的对应关系。例如,在本例中假设终端发送参考信号和SIB1的对应关系如下,对应关系通过前述任意方法确定: Of course, as mentioned above, the method of the embodiment of the present disclosure is not limited to SSB, nor is it limited to the correspondence between the reference signal and the downlink signal. For example, in this example, it is assumed that the correspondence between the reference signal sent by the terminal and SIB1 is as follows, and the correspondence is determined by any of the above methods:

000对应于波束#1发送的SIB1;000 corresponds to SIB1 transmitted by beam #1;

001对应于波束#2发送的SIB1;001 corresponds to SIB1 transmitted by beam #2;

010对应于波束#3发送的SIB1;010 corresponds to SIB1 transmitted by beam #3;

011对应于波束#4发送的SIB1;011 corresponds to SIB1 transmitted by beam #4;

100对应于全不波束发送的SIB1。100 corresponds to SIB1 transmitted in no beam.

实施场景一:Implementation scenario 1:

终端基于小区1获取对应的SRS的配置信息,并在小区2上需要请求小区2对应的基站发送SIB1时,在小区1上发送对应的小区1的SRS请求信息。The terminal obtains the corresponding SRS configuration information based on cell 1, and sends the corresponding SRS request information of cell 1 in cell 1 when it needs to request the base station corresponding to cell 2 to send SIB1 in cell 2.

在此场景下,小区2为以on demand模式传输SSB和/或SIB1的小区,示例性地,小区可以被称为非锚点小区。终端在需要对应SIB1传输时,需要发送对应的SIB1/SSB请求信息。In this scenario, cell 2 is a cell that transmits SSB and/or SIB1 in on demand mode. Exemplarily, the cell can be called a non-anchor cell. When the terminal needs to transmit SIB1, it needs to send the corresponding SIB1/SSB request information.

在此场景下,小区1可以为正常发送SSB和/或SIB1的小区,示例性地,小区可以被称为锚点小区。In this scenario, cell 1 may be a cell that normally sends SSB and/or SIB1. Exemplarily, the cell may be referred to as an anchor cell.

锚点小区可以配置一个或多个其他小区(例如,非锚点小区)的用于SIB1/SSB请求的SRS配置。同时,也会接收对应多个非锚点小区的SIB1/SSB请求信息。The anchor cell may configure the SRS configuration for SIB1/SSB request of one or more other cells (eg, non-anchor cells), and at the same time, may also receive SIB1/SSB request information corresponding to multiple non-anchor cells.

示例性地,UE在小区1上发送针对小区2的SIB1/SSB请求信息,小区1对应的基站接收请求信息后,会将上述请求信息传递给小区2对应的基站。小区2对应的基站接收上述请求信息后,可以按需决定是否发送SSB、SIB1;Exemplarily, the UE sends SIB1/SSB request information for cell 2 on cell 1. After receiving the request information, the base station corresponding to cell 1 transmits the request information to the base station corresponding to cell 2. After receiving the request information, the base station corresponding to cell 2 can decide whether to send SSB and SIB1 as needed;

用于SIB1/SSB请求的SRS配置可以包含以下一种或多种参数:The SRS configuration for SIB1/SSB request may include one or more of the following parameters:

小区ID:小区ID为非锚点小区的标识;Cell ID: The cell ID is the identifier of the non-anchor cell;

频率信息:非锚点小区使用的频点、频段或载波的频率;Frequency information: the frequency point, frequency band or carrier frequency used by non-anchor cells;

SSB:非锚点小区对应的SSB相关信息,例如,SSB index和/或频域范围等。SSB: SSB related information corresponding to the non-anchor cell, such as SSB index and/or frequency domain range.

SRS对应的时频域资源:起始频域资源单元、频域所占RB数、对应Comb数、SRS符号长度、SRS符号起始位置、SRS传输时隙、周期、跳频(Frequency Hop,FH)等,具体描述见实施例1和实施例2、在此不再赘述。The time and frequency domain resources corresponding to SRS: starting frequency domain resource unit, number of RBs occupied by the frequency domain, corresponding Comb number, SRS symbol length, SRS symbol starting position, SRS transmission time slot, period, frequency hopping (Frequency Hop, FH), etc. For specific description, see Example 1 and Example 2, which will not be repeated here.

SRS对应的序列信息:SRS对应端口数、SRS对应CS、SRS对应Comb数等,具体描述见实施例1和实施例2,在此不再赘述。Sequence information corresponding to SRS: number of ports corresponding to SRS, number of CS corresponding to SRS, number of Combs corresponding to SRS, etc. For detailed description, see Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, which will not be repeated here.

SRS对应的功能:beamManagement、codebook、nonCodebook、antennaSwitching或其他新定义usage,具体见实施例1和实施例2;Functions corresponding to SRS: beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, antennaSwitching or other newly defined usages, see Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 for details;

UE确定上述配置后,可以基于配置信息传输对应的参考信号。After determining the above configuration, the UE may transmit a corresponding reference signal based on the configuration information.

一种可能的实施方式,请求信息SRS对应的小区可以基于预定义方式确定。示例性地,不同小区跟不同CS相关联,在终端想请求小区2的SIB1的条件下,可以小区2对应的CS生成SRS序列。In a possible implementation, the cell corresponding to the request information SRS may be determined based on a predefined method. For example, different cells are associated with different CSs, and when the terminal wants to request SIB1 of cell 2, the CS corresponding to cell 2 may generate an SRS sequence.

基站接收上述SRS序列后,也可以基于CS确定对应关联的小区。从而执行后续操作。After receiving the above SRS sequence, the base station may also determine the corresponding associated cell based on the CS, so as to perform subsequent operations.

实施场景二:Implementation scenario 2:

终端基于小区1获取对应的SRS的配置信息,并在小区2上需要请求小区2对应的基站发送SIB1时,在小区2上发送对应的小区2的SRS请求信息。The terminal obtains the corresponding SRS configuration information based on cell 1, and sends the corresponding SRS request information of cell 2 in cell 2 when it needs to request the base station corresponding to cell 2 to send SIB1 in cell 2.

在此场景下,小区2为以on demand模式传输SSB和/或SIB1的小区,示例性地,小区可以被称为非锚点小区。终端在需要对应SIB1传输时,需要发送对应的SIB1/SSB请求信息。In this scenario, cell 2 is a cell that transmits SSB and/or SIB1 in on demand mode. Exemplarily, the cell can be called a non-anchor cell. When the terminal needs to transmit SIB1, it needs to send the corresponding SIB1/SSB request information.

在此场景下,小区1可以为正常发送SSB和/或SIB1的小区。In this scenario, cell 1 may be a cell that normally sends SSB and/or SIB1.

示例性地,小区1可以被称为锚点小区。锚点小区可以配置一个或多个其他小区(例如,非锚点小区)的用于SIB1/SSB请求的SRS配置。Exemplarily, cell 1 may be referred to as an anchor cell. The anchor cell may configure the SRS configuration for SIB1/SSB request of one or more other cells (eg, non-anchor cells).

示例性地,UE在小区1上获取对应的SRS配置,并基于上述配置在小区2发送对应的SIB1/SSB请求信息,小区2对应的基站接收上述请求信息后,可以按需决定是否发送SSB、SIB1;Exemplarily, the UE obtains the corresponding SRS configuration in cell 1, and sends the corresponding SIB1/SSB request information in cell 2 based on the above configuration. After receiving the above request information, the base station corresponding to cell 2 can decide whether to send SSB and SIB1 as needed;

用于SIB1/SSB请求的SRS配置与实施场景一类似,在此不再赘述。The SRS configuration for SIB1/SSB request is similar to that in implementation scenario 1 and will not be repeated here.

如上,UE确定上述配置后,可以基于配置信息传输对应的SRS。As described above, after the UE determines the above configuration, it can transmit the corresponding SRS based on the configuration information.

实施场景三:Implementation scenario three:

终端基于小区2获取对应的SRS的配置信息,并在小区2上需要请求小区2对应的基站发送SIB1时,在小区2上发送对应的小区2的SRS请求信息。The terminal obtains the corresponding SRS configuration information based on cell 2, and sends the corresponding SRS request information of cell 2 in cell 2 when it needs to request the base station corresponding to cell 2 to send SIB1 in cell 2.

在此场景下,小区2为以on demand模式传输SSB和/或SIB1的小区。并且,小区2需要配置对应的SRS配置信息,终端在需要对应SIB1传输时,需要发送对应的SIB1/SSB请求信息。In this scenario, cell 2 is a cell that transmits SSB and/or SIB1 in on-demand mode. In addition, cell 2 needs to be configured with corresponding SRS configuration information, and the terminal needs to send corresponding SIB1/SSB request information when corresponding SIB1 transmission is required.

在此场景下,小区2可能需要终端在获取SIB1之前获取对应的SRS配置信息。据此,SRS配 置信息需要通过SSB(例如,MIB)配置或新定义下行Common信令确定。配置信息基于实施例1和实施例2确定,在此不再赘述。In this scenario, cell 2 may require the terminal to obtain the corresponding SRS configuration information before obtaining SIB1. The configuration information needs to be determined through SSB (eg, MIB) configuration or newly defined downlink Common signaling. The configuration information is determined based on Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, and will not be described in detail here.

一种可能的实施方式,基于预定义方式确定SRS配置信息的pattern,pattern可以基于配置信息确定,配置信息基于实施例1和实施例2确定,在此不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, a pattern of SRS configuration information is determined based on a predefined method. The pattern may be determined based on configuration information. The configuration information is determined based on Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, which will not be described in detail here.

一种可能的实施方式,小区2基于pdcch-ConfigSIB1配置确定预定义pattern中的一种。In a possible implementation manner, cell 2 determines one of the predefined patterns based on the pdcch-ConfigSIB1 configuration.

值得注意的是,在UE获取SIB1之前,UE无法获知initial UL BWP对应的频域信息。只能获知SSB的频域信息,SRS的资源位置可能以SSB对应的频域信息为参考位置,具体见实施例1和实施例2方式定义,在此不再赘述。It is worth noting that before the UE obtains SIB1, the UE cannot obtain the frequency domain information corresponding to the initial UL BWP. It can only obtain the frequency domain information of the SSB. The resource location of the SRS may use the frequency domain information corresponding to the SSB as a reference location. For details, see the definitions in Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, which will not be repeated here.

值得注意的是,在UE获取SIB1之前,UE无法获知TDD相关的配置的信息,只能获知SSB的时域信息,SRS的时域位置可能以SSB对应的时域位置为参考位置,具体见实施例1和实施例2方式定义,在此不再赘述。It is worth noting that before the UE obtains SIB1, the UE cannot obtain the TDD-related configuration information, and can only obtain the time domain information of SSB. The time domain position of SRS may use the time domain position corresponding to SSB as a reference position. See Examples 1 and 2 for specific definitions, which will not be repeated here.

从终端角度来说,在终端确定小区2处于SSB和/或SIB1 off的条件下,终端基于pdcch-ConfigSIB1确定SRS配置信息,或确定配置信息的pattern,并基于配置信息传输SRS请求SSB和/或SIB1传输。From the terminal perspective, when the terminal determines that cell 2 is in SSB and/or SIB1 off, the terminal determines the SRS configuration information based on pdcch-ConfigSIB1, or determines the pattern of the configuration information, and transmits SRS request SSB and/or SIB1 transmission based on the configuration information.

实施场景四:Implementation scenario 4:

终端基于预定义方式确定SRS配置信息,并在小区2上需要请求小区2对应的基站发送SIB1时,则终端在小区2上发送对应的小区2的SRS。The terminal determines the SRS configuration information based on a predefined method, and when it needs to request the base station corresponding to cell 2 to send SIB1 in cell 2, the terminal sends the corresponding SRS of cell 2 in cell 2.

在此场景下,小区2为以on demand模式传输SSB和/或SIB1的小区。并且,小区2需要配置对应的SRS配置信息,终端在需要对应SIB1传输时,需要发送对应的SIB1/SSB请求信息。In this scenario, cell 2 is a cell that transmits SSB and/or SIB1 in on-demand mode. In addition, cell 2 needs to be configured with corresponding SRS configuration information, and the terminal needs to send corresponding SIB1/SSB request information when corresponding SIB1 transmission is required.

在此场景下,小区2可能需要终端在获取SIB1之前获取对应的SRS配置信息。据此,终端可能需要基于小区2对应的SSB确定SRS配置信息,具体配置信息与实施场景三的图样类似,在此不再赘述。In this scenario, cell 2 may require the terminal to obtain the corresponding SRS configuration information before obtaining SIB1. Accordingly, the terminal may need to determine the SRS configuration information based on the SSB corresponding to cell 2. The specific configuration information is similar to the pattern of implementation scenario 3 and will not be repeated here.

在此场景下,SRS配置信息需要通过预定义方式确定,具体配置信息见实施例1和实施例2,在此不再赘述。In this scenario, the SRS configuration information needs to be determined in a predefined manner. For specific configuration information, see Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, which will not be described in detail here.

步骤2:终端确定小区2处于SSB和/或SIB1关闭状态。状态确定可以基于信令配置或预定义方式确定。Step 2: The terminal determines that cell 2 is in an SSB and/or SIB1 off state. The state determination may be based on signaling configuration or a predefined method.

示例性地,终端通过显示信令确定SSB和/或SIB1的开启或关闭。Exemplarily, the terminal determines whether SSB and/or SIB1 is turned on or off by display signaling.

示例性地,终端基于预定义方式确定SSB和/或SIB1的开启或关闭。Exemplarily, the terminal determines whether to turn SSB and/or SIB1 on or off based on a predefined method.

示例性地,终端在第一时间窗内尝试接收SSB和/或SIB1,在终端成功接收SSB和/或SIB1后,终端确定处于SSB和/或SIB1的开启状态。Exemplarily, the terminal attempts to receive SSB and/or SIB1 within a first time window, and after the terminal successfully receives SSB and/or SIB1, the terminal determines that it is in an on state of SSB and/or SIB1.

示例性地,终端在第一时间窗内尝试接收SSB和/或SIB1,并没有接收到对应的SSB/SIB信号,终端确定处于SSB和/或SIB1的关闭状态。Exemplarily, the terminal attempts to receive SSB and/or SIB1 within the first time window, but does not receive the corresponding SSB/SIB signal, and the terminal determines that it is in the SSB and/or SIB1 closed state.

在SSB的开启状态下,网络设备周期性发送SSB。When SSB is turned on, the network device sends SSB periodically.

在SSB的关闭状态下,网络设备不会周期性发送SSB。When SSB is turned off, the network device will not send SSB periodically.

在SIB1的关闭状态下,网络设备不会周期性发送SIB1。When SIB1 is in the closed state, the network device will not send SIB1 periodically.

在SIB1的开启状态下,网络设备会周期性发送SIB1。When SIB1 is enabled, the network device will periodically send SIB1.

第一时间窗基于信令配置或预定义方式确定,具体包括以下一种或多种:The first time window is determined based on signaling configuration or a predefined method, and specifically includes one or more of the following:

第一时间窗起始位置基于如下方式确定:The starting position of the first time window is determined based on the following method:

终端上次接收SSB和/或SIB1对应时间单元,和/或,终端上次盲检SIB1对应DCI(SI-RNTI加扰的DCI 1_0)对应的时间单元;The time unit corresponding to the last reception of SSB and/or SIB1 by the terminal, and/or the time unit corresponding to the last blind detection of DCI corresponding to SIB1 (SI-RNTI scrambled DCI 1_0) by the terminal;

第一时间窗持续长度基于如下方式确定:The duration of the first time window is determined based on the following method:

M个时间单元,时间单元可以为帧、子帧、时隙、符号;M time units, where a time unit can be a frame, a subframe, a time slot, or a symbol;

M个SSB传输周期,或者,M个SI-RNTI加扰的DCI 1_0的盲检周期;M SSB transmission periods, or, M SI-RNTI scrambled DCI 1_0 blind detection periods;

N/M基于预定义或信令指示方式确定,示例性地,N等于2,M等于2。N/M is determined based on a predefined or signaling indication method. For example, N is equal to 2 and M is equal to 2.

步骤3:终端确定SRS配置信息,并发送对应的SRS信令请求SSB和/或SIB1传输。Step 3: The terminal determines the SRS configuration information and sends corresponding SRS signaling to request SSB and/or SIB1 transmission.

步骤4-a:基站接收SRS,并确定SRS信令为请求SSB/SIB传输的信令。Step 4-a: The base station receives the SRS and determines that the SRS signaling is a signaling requesting SSB/SIB transmission.

SRS主要用于上行信道探测,例如,对应于波束管理(beamManagement)、基于码本(codebook)的测量、基于非码本(nonCodebook)的测量、天线切换(antennaSwitching)中的一种,可以称为第一SRS。SRS is mainly used for uplink channel detection, for example, corresponding to one of beam management, codebook-based measurement, non-codebook-based measurement, and antenna switching, and can be called the first SRS.

在本公开实施例场景中,针对SRS,引入了新的功能,即,SSB和/或SIB1请求信息的功能,可以称为第二SRS。 In the scenario of the embodiment of the present disclosure, a new function is introduced for SRS, that is, the function of requesting information of SSB and/or SIB1, which can be called the second SRS.

为区分上述两种功能,基站可以基于如下方式区分:To distinguish the above two functions, the base station can be distinguished based on the following methods:

基于时频域资源区分,为第一SRS和第二SRS配置不同的时频域资源,基站基于不同的时频域资源,区分不同的SRS。Based on the time-frequency domain resource distinction, different time-frequency domain resources are configured for the first SRS and the second SRS, and the base station distinguishes different SRSs based on different time-frequency domain resources.

基于SRS序列区分,为第一SRS和第二SRS配置不同的SRS序列,基站基于不同的SRS序列,区分不同的SRS。Based on the SRS sequence distinction, different SRS sequences are configured for the first SRS and the second SRS, and the base station distinguishes different SRSs based on different SRS sequences.

基于SRS对应的功能区分,为第一SRS和第二SRS配置不同的功能,从而达到区分SRS的目的。从终端的角度,终端也基于上述方式区分第一SRS和第二SRS,具体方式与基站类似,在此不再赘述。Based on the functional distinction corresponding to the SRS, different functions are configured for the first SRS and the second SRS, thereby achieving the purpose of distinguishing the SRS. From the perspective of the terminal, the terminal also distinguishes the first SRS and the second SRS based on the above method, and the specific method is similar to that of the base station, which will not be repeated here.

步骤4-b:基站接收SRS,并确定是否传输对应的SSB和/或SIB1。Step 4-b: The base station receives the SRS and determines whether to transmit the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1.

基站接收上述信号请求后,可以选择传输对应的SSB和/或SIB1。或者,基站接收上述信号请求后,可以选择继续不传输对应的SSB和/或SIB1。After receiving the above signal request, the base station may choose to transmit the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1. Alternatively, after receiving the above signal request, the base station may choose not to continue to transmit the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1.

步骤5:终端在发送对应的SSB和/或SIB1请求信息后,开始尝试接收对应的SSB和/或SIB1。Step 5: After sending the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1 request information, the terminal starts trying to receive the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1.

示例性地,终端在第一时间窗内尝试接收SSB和/或SIB1,在终端成功接收SSB和/或SIB1后,终端不再发送参考信号。Exemplarily, the terminal attempts to receive SSB and/or SIB1 within the first time window, and after the terminal successfully receives SSB and/or SIB1, the terminal no longer sends a reference signal.

示例性地,终端在第一时间窗内尝试接收SSB和/或SIB1,并没有接收到对应的SSB/SIB信号,此时,终端发送参考信号。Exemplarily, the terminal attempts to receive SSB and/or SIB1 within the first time window, but does not receive the corresponding SSB/SIB signal. At this time, the terminal sends a reference signal.

示例性地,终端在第一时间窗内尝试接收SSB和/或SIB1,并没有接收到对应的SSB/SIB信号,此时,终端放弃SSB和/或SIB1接收。Exemplarily, the terminal attempts to receive SSB and/or SIB1 within the first time window, but does not receive the corresponding SSB/SIB signal. At this time, the terminal abandons SSB and/or SIB1 reception.

示例性地,终端基于SSB配置周期或SIB1对应的配置周期尝试接收,在连续尝试N个周期后,若终端没有成功接收到对应的SSB和/或SIB1,终端放弃SSB和/或SIB1接收;或在终端有需求时,发送对应的参考信号。Exemplarily, the terminal attempts to receive based on the SSB configuration period or the configuration period corresponding to SIB1. After N consecutive attempts, if the terminal fails to successfully receive the corresponding SSB and/or SIB1, the terminal abandons SSB and/or SIB1 reception; or sends the corresponding reference signal when the terminal has a need.

第一时间窗基于信令配置或预定义方式确定,具体包括以下一种或多种:The first time window is determined based on signaling configuration or a predefined method, and specifically includes one or more of the following:

第一时间窗起始位置基于如下方式确定:The starting position of the first time window is determined based on the following method:

终端发送参考信号所在时间单元;The time unit in which the terminal sends the reference signal;

终端发送参考信号后的下一个SSB传输周期,和/或,发送参考信号后的第一个SIB对应的DCI盲检周期;The next SSB transmission period after the terminal sends the reference signal, and/or the DCI blind detection period corresponding to the first SIB after sending the reference signal;

终端上次接收SSB和/或SIB1对应时间单元,和/或,终端上次盲检SIB1对应DCI(SI-RNTI加扰的DCI 1_0)对应的时间单元;The time unit corresponding to the last reception of SSB and/or SIB1 by the terminal, and/or the time unit corresponding to the last blind detection of DCI corresponding to SIB1 (SI-RNTI scrambled DCI 1_0) by the terminal;

第一时间窗持续长度基于如下方式确定:The duration of the first time window is determined based on the following method:

M个时间单元,该时间单元可以为帧、子帧、时隙、符号;M time units, where the time unit can be a frame, a subframe, a time slot, or a symbol;

M个SSB传输周期,或者,M个SI-RNTI加扰的DCI 1_0的盲检周期。M SSB transmission periods, or, M blind detection periods of SI-RNTI scrambled DCI 1_0.

N/M基于预定义或信令指示方式确定,示例性地,N等于2,M等于2。N/M is determined based on a predefined or signaling indication method. For example, N is equal to 2 and M is equal to 2.

述为本公开实施例方案的具体实施流程。The following is a specific implementation process of the embodiment of the present disclosure.

实施例1:参考信号可为SRS,终端基于预定义或信令指示的方式确定传输参考信号的时频域资源以及对应的参考信号序列,并发送对应的参考信号。Embodiment 1: The reference signal may be an SRS. The terminal determines the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal and the corresponding reference signal sequence based on a predefined or signaling indication, and sends the corresponding reference signal.

基站确定参考信号序列以及传输参考信号的时频域资源,并发送信令,指示上述信息。The base station determines a reference signal sequence and time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal, and sends a signaling to indicate the above information.

实施例1.1:示例性地,传输参考信号的时频域资源基于以下一种或多种方式确定:Embodiment 1.1: Exemplarily, the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal are determined based on one or more of the following methods:

实施例1.1.1:起始资源单元的确定可如下:示例性地,参考信号起始单元为上行BWP的最低子载波位置,即nshift=0。Embodiment 1.1.1: The starting resource unit may be determined as follows: illustratively, the reference signal starting unit is the lowest subcarrier position of the uplink BWP, that is, n shift =0.

示例性地,参考信号起始单元以公共资源块(Comment resource block,CRB)#0为起始位置。例如,示例性地,参考信号起始单元以上行BWP最低子载波位置为参考位置。为BWP的起始RB位置。nshift为高层配置参数。Exemplarily, the reference signal starting unit starts at the common resource block (Comment resource block, CRB) #0. Exemplarily, the reference signal starting unit uses the uplink BWP lowest subcarrier position as a reference position. is the starting RB position of BWP. n shift is a high-level configuration parameter.

示例性地,参考信号起始单元以CRB#0或点A(Point A)为参考位置。Exemplarily, the reference signal starting unit takes CRB#0 or point A (Point A) as the reference position.

示例性地,参考信号起始单元以SSB所在频域范围为参考位置.例如,以SSB最低子载波、或以SSB对应的中心频点为参考位置、或SSB对应的最低子载波、与SSB有重叠的最低RB对应的最低子载波。Exemplarily, the reference signal starting unit uses the frequency domain range where the SSB is located as a reference position. For example, the lowest subcarrier of the SSB, or the center frequency point corresponding to the SSB is used as a reference position, or the lowest subcarrier corresponding to the SSB, or the lowest subcarrier corresponding to the lowest RB that overlaps with the SSB.

实施例1.1.2:所占RB数的确定可如下:Example 1.1.2: The number of occupied RBs may be determined as follows:

示例性地,所占RB数等于4,或者,所占RB数等于8。Exemplarily, the number of occupied RBs is equal to 4, or the number of occupied RBs is equal to 8.

示例性地,参考信号资源基于TS 38.211 Table 6.4.2.4.3-1的索引1或索引2确定。Exemplarily, the reference signal resource is determined based on index 1 or index 2 of TS 38.211 Table 6.4.2.4.3-1.

示例性地,参考信号不支持频域跳频。Exemplarily, the reference signal does not support frequency hopping in the frequency domain.

实施例1.1.3:对应梳状(Comb)数。示例性地,Comb数等于2或Comb数等于8。 Embodiment 1.1.3: Corresponding Comb Number: For example, the Comb number is equal to 2 or the Comb number is equal to 8.

示例性地,SRS在RB内的RE偏移量(shift)等于0。Exemplarily, the RE shift of SRS within an RB is equal to 0.

实施例1.1.4:参考信号持续符号长度确定可如下:示例性地,符号长度等于1或2等取值。Embodiment 1.1.4: The reference signal continuation symbol length may be determined as follows: illustratively, the symbol length is equal to a value such as 1 or 2.

实施例1.1.5:参考信号符号起始位置可如下:Example 1.1.5: The starting position of the reference signal symbol may be as follows:

示例性地,参考信号符号为时隙内的最后一个符号(symbol)。Exemplarily, the reference signal symbol is the last symbol in a time slot.

示例性地,参考信号符号为时隙内的首个符号(symbol)。Exemplarily, the reference signal symbol is the first symbol in a time slot.

实施例1.1.6:参考信号的周期可为周期(periodicity,P)或半持续(Semiperiodicity,SP)。Embodiment 1.1.6: The period of the reference signal may be periodicity (P) or semiperiodicity (SP).

示例性地,假设该参考信号为SRS,则SRS周期与SSB对应传输周期相同。Exemplarily, assuming that the reference signal is SRS, the SRS period is the same as the corresponding transmission period of SSB.

示例性地,SRS所在时隙为以SSB i所在时隙为参考位置,N个时隙偏移后的时隙位置。N基于预定义或信令配置方式确定,i可为任意取值,具体可由网络设备配置或者预定义。Exemplarily, the time slot where the SRS is located is the time slot position after N time slots are offset based on the time slot where the SSB i is located as the reference position. N is determined based on a predefined or signaling configuration method, and i can be any value, which can be specifically configured or predefined by the network device.

在参考信号为半静态SP信号的前提下,基站基于相关技术中MAC CE触发SP SRS。在终端接收触发信令后,基于SP SRS的配置以及本公开实施例确定SP SRS为参考信号。Under the premise that the reference signal is a semi-static SP signal, the base station triggers the SP SRS based on the MAC CE in the related technology. After the terminal receives the trigger signaling, it determines the SP SRS as the reference signal based on the configuration of the SP SRS and the embodiment of the present disclosure.

在参考信号为SP信号的前提下,基站基于MAC CE信令触发SP SRS,且基于MAC CE信令,指示SP SRS是否为可用于请求SSB和/或SIB1的参考信号。On the premise that the reference signal is the SP signal, the base station triggers the SP SRS based on the MAC CE signaling, and indicates whether the SP SRS is a reference signal that can be used to request SSB and/or SIB1 based on the MAC CE signaling.

在终端接收MAC CE,触发对应的SP SRS传输,且MAC CE指示对应SP SRS为参考信号的条件下,终端基于对应配置按需传输参考信号。When the terminal receives MAC CE, triggering the corresponding SP SRS transmission, and MAC CE indicates that the corresponding SP SRS is a reference signal, the terminal transmits the reference signal on demand based on the corresponding configuration.

实施例1.2:示例性地,对应的参考信号序列基于以下一种或多种方式确定:Embodiment 1.2: Exemplarily, the corresponding reference signal sequence is determined based on one or more of the following methods:

实施例1.2.1:SRS对应端口,参考信号为端口数等于1的SRS;Embodiment 1.2.1: SRS corresponds to a port, and the reference signal is an SRS with a port number equal to 1;

实施例1.2.2:SRS对应CS,示例性地,参考信号对应CS=0;Embodiment 1.2.2: SRS corresponds to CS, illustratively, the reference signal corresponds to CS=0;

实施例1.2.3:SRS对应Comb数,示例性地,参考信号对应Comb数等于2,Comb数域最大CS数量基于如下表格确定:
Embodiment 1.2.3: Comb number corresponding to SRS, illustratively, the Comb number corresponding to the reference signal is equal to 2, and the maximum number of CSs in the Comb number domain is determined based on the following table:

实施例1.3:示例性地,参考信号对应功能(usage)为beamManagement、codebook、nonCodebook、antennaSwitching中的一种或多种。示例性地,参考信号对应功能(usage)为参考信号,参考信号usage不属于beamManagement、codebook、nonCodebook、antennaSwitching中的任意一种。Embodiment 1.3: Exemplarily, the reference signal corresponds to one or more of beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, and antennaSwitching. Exemplarily, the reference signal corresponds to one or more of beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, and antennaSwitching. Exemplarily, the reference signal corresponds to one or more of beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, and antennaSwitching.

实施例1.4:示例性地,不同的SRS序列可以与不同SSB相关联,和/或以不同CS关联不同SRS序列。Embodiment 1.4: Exemplarily, different SRS sequences may be associated with different SSBs, and/or different SRS sequences may be associated with different CSs.

以同的SRS序列可以与不同SSB相关联为例,终端根据自身需要请求的SSB确定的SRS序列为例,对应关系可以基于如下方式确定。示例性地,以下提供一种同的SRS序列可以与不同SSB相关联的示例:序列#1对应于SSB#0、序列#2对应于SSB#1、序列#3对应于SSB#2、序列#4对应于SSB#3、序列#5对应于SSB#0、SSB#1、SSB#2和SSB#4。Taking the example that the same SRS sequence can be associated with different SSBs, and the SRS sequence determined by the terminal according to the SSB requested by itself as an example, the corresponding relationship can be determined based on the following method. Exemplarily, the following provides an example that the same SRS sequence can be associated with different SSBs: sequence #1 corresponds to SSB #0, sequence #2 corresponds to SSB #1, sequence #3 corresponds to SSB #2, sequence #4 corresponds to SSB #3, and sequence #5 corresponds to SSB #0, SSB #1, SSB #2, and SSB #4.

实施例2:参考信号为基于SRS序列以及时频域资源确定的小区公共(Common)信号,终端基于预定义或信令指示的方式确定传输参考信号的时频域资源以及对应的参考信号序列,并发送对应的参考信号。基站确定参考信号序列以及传输参考信号的时频域资源,并发送配置信令。该配置信息指示上述配置相关的信息。Embodiment 2: The reference signal is a cell common signal determined based on an SRS sequence and time-frequency domain resources. The terminal determines the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal and the corresponding reference signal sequence based on a predefined or signaling indication, and sends the corresponding reference signal. The base station determines the reference signal sequence and the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal, and sends a configuration signaling. The configuration information indicates information related to the above configuration.

实施例2.1:示例性地,参考信号基于小区级公共(Common)信令配置。Embodiment 2.1: Exemplarily, the reference signal is configured based on cell-level common signaling.

例如,基于SIB1配置的BWP-UplinkCommon进行参考信号的配置。或者,基于ServingCellConfigCommon配置的BWP-UplinkCommon配置;并基于BWP-UplinkCommon配置参考信号.For example, configure the reference signal based on BWP-UplinkCommon configured in SIB1. Or, configure BWP-UplinkCommon based on ServingCellConfigCommon; and configure the reference signal based on BWP-UplinkCommon.

示例性地,参考信号为基于UE专有信令配置的小区级公共参数。例如,基于ServingCellConfig配置的BWP-Uplinkdedicated配置。Exemplarily, the reference signal is a cell-level common parameter configured based on UE-specific signaling, for example, a BWP-Uplinkdedicated configuration based on a ServingCellConfig configuration.

示例性地,参考信号基于系统广播消息配置。例如,基于MIB的pdcch-ConfigSIB1配置参考信号。Exemplarily, the reference signal is configured based on a system broadcast message, for example, the reference signal is configured based on pdcch-ConfigSIB1 of the MIB.

实施例2.2:定义参考信号专有功能。示例性地,该专有功能可为请求网络设备发送SSB和/或SIB的功能。Embodiment 2.2: Defining a reference signal dedicated function. Exemplarily, the dedicated function may be a function of requesting a network device to send an SSB and/or a SIB.

示例性地,参考信号功能包括但不先于beamManagement、codebook、nonCodebook、antennaSwitching、SSB和/或SIB请求中的任意一种。 Exemplarily, the reference signal function includes but does not precede any one of beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, antennaSwitching, SSB and/or SIB request.

实施例2.3:示例性地,传输参考信号的时频域资源基于实施例1.1确定,在此不再赘述。Embodiment 2.3: Exemplarily, the time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal are determined based on Embodiment 1.1, which will not be described in detail here.

实施例2.4:示例性地,传输参考信号序列实施例1.2确定,在此不再赘述。Embodiment 2.4: Exemplarily, the transmission reference signal sequence is determined in Embodiment 1.2 and will not be described in detail here.

本公开实施例主要基于SRS机制,设计参考信号用于触发对应的按需信号(on demand signal)ServingCellConfig传输请求。有利于实现网络节能的同时,保证终端的通信性能,实现基站和终端理解一致。The disclosed embodiment is mainly based on the SRS mechanism, and the reference signal is designed to trigger the corresponding on-demand signal ServingCellConfig transmission request. It is beneficial to achieve network energy saving while ensuring the communication performance of the terminal and achieving consistent understanding between the base station and the terminal.

在本公开实施例中,部分或全部步骤、其可选实现方式可以与其他实施例中的部分或全部步骤任意组合,也可以与其他实施例的可选实现方式任意组合。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, part or all of the steps and their optional implementations may be arbitrarily combined with part or all of the steps in other embodiments, or may be arbitrarily combined with optional implementations of other embodiments.

在本公开实施例中,部分或全部步骤、其可选实现方式可以与其他实施例中的部分或全部步骤任意组合,也可以与其他实施例的可选实现方式任意组合。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, part or all of the steps and their optional implementations may be arbitrarily combined with part or all of the steps in other embodiments, or may be arbitrarily combined with optional implementations of other embodiments.

本公开实施例还提供用于实现以上任一方法的装置,例如,提供一种装置,上述装置包括用以实现以上任一种方法中终端所执行的各步骤的单元或模块。再如,还提供另一种装置,包括用以实现以上任一种方法中网络设备(例如,接入网设备、或者核心网设备等)所执行的各步骤的单元或模块。The embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a device for implementing any of the above methods, for example, a device is provided, the above device includes a unit or module for implementing each step performed by the terminal in any of the above methods. For another example, another device is provided, including a unit or module for implementing each step performed by a network device (for example, an access network device, or a core network device, etc.) in any of the above methods.

应理解以上装置中各单元或模块的划分仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,在实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。此外,装置中的单元或模块可以以处理器调用软件的形式实现:例如装置包括处理器,处理器与存储器连接,存储器中存储有指令,处理器调用存储器中存储的指令,以实现以上任一种方法或实现上述装置各单元或模块的功能,其中处理器例如为通用处理器,例如中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU)或微处理器,存储器为装置内的存储器或装置外的存储器。或者,装置中的单元或模块可以以硬件电路的形式实现,可以通过对硬件电路的设计实现部分或全部单元或模块的功能,上述硬件电路可以理解为一个或多个处理器;例如,在一种实现中,上述硬件电路为专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),通过对电路内元件逻辑关系的设计,实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能;再如,在另一种实现中,上述硬件电路为可以通过可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)实现,以现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)为例,其可以包括大量逻辑门电路,通过配置文件来配置逻辑门电路之间的连接关系,从而实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能。以上装置的所有单元或模块可以全部通过处理器调用软件的形式实现,或全部通过硬件电路的形式实现,或部分通过处理器调用软件的形式实现,剩余部分通过硬件电路的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of the units or modules in the above device is only a division of logical functions, which can be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity or physically separated in actual implementation. In addition, the units or modules in the device can be implemented in the form of a processor calling software: for example, the device includes a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, and instructions are stored in the memory. The processor calls the instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods or implement the functions of the units or modules of the above device, wherein the processor is, for example, a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or a microprocessor, and the memory is a memory inside the device or a memory outside the device. Alternatively, the units or modules in the device may be implemented in the form of hardware circuits, and the functions of some or all of the units or modules may be implemented by designing the hardware circuits. The hardware circuits may be understood as one or more processors; for example, in one implementation, the hardware circuits are application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and the functions of some or all of the above units or modules may be implemented by designing the logical relationship of the components in the circuits; for another example, in another implementation, the hardware circuits may be implemented by programmable logic devices (PLDs), and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) may be used as an example, which may include a large number of logic gate circuits, and the connection relationship between the logic gate circuits may be configured by configuring the configuration files, thereby implementing the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. All units or modules of the above devices may be implemented in the form of software called by the processor, or in the form of hardware circuits, or in the form of software called by the processor, and the remaining part may be implemented in the form of hardware circuits.

在本公开实施例中,处理器是一种具有信号处理能力的电路,在一种实现中,处理器可以是具有指令读取与运行能力的电路,例如中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、微处理器、图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU)(可以理解为一种微处理器)、或数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)等;在另一种实现中,处理器可以通过硬件电路的逻辑关系实现一定功能,上述硬件电路的逻辑关系是固定的或可以重构的,例如处理器为专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)或可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)实现的硬件电路、例如FPGA。在可重构的硬件电路中,处理器加载配置文档,实现硬件电路配置的过程,可以理解为处理器加载指令,以实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能的过程。此外,还可以是针对人工智能设计的硬件电路,其可以理解为一种ASIC,例如神经网络处理单元(Neural Network Processing Unit,NPU)、张量处理单元(Tensor Processing Unit,TPU)、深度学习处理单元(Deep learning Processing Unit,DPU)等。In the disclosed embodiments, the processor is a circuit with signal processing capability. In one implementation, the processor may be a circuit with instruction reading and execution capability, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, a graphics processing unit (GPU) (which may be understood as a microprocessor), or a digital signal processor (DSP); in another implementation, the processor may implement certain functions through the logical relationship of a hardware circuit, and the logical relationship of the above hardware circuit may be fixed or reconfigurable, such as a hardware circuit implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD), such as an FPGA. In a reconfigurable hardware circuit, the process of the processor loading a configuration document to implement the hardware circuit configuration may be understood as the process of the processor loading instructions to implement the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. In addition, it can also be a hardware circuit designed for artificial intelligence, which can be understood as an ASIC, such as a neural network processing unit (NPU), a tensor processing unit (TPU), a deep learning processing unit (DPU), etc.

如图6A所示,本公开实施例提供一种终端,其中,终端包括:As shown in FIG6A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a terminal, wherein the terminal includes:

发送模块6101,被配置向第一网络设备发送第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。The sending module 6101 is configured to send a first transmission to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,该终端还可包括:处理模块和/或接收模块。In some embodiments, the terminal may further include: a processing module and/or a receiving module.

在一些实施例中,该发送模块和/或接收模块可对应于终端的网络接口和/或收发天线。In some embodiments, the sending module and/or the receiving module may correspond to a network interface and/or a transceiver antenna of the terminal.

在一些实施例中,该处理模块可用于终端执行任意一个下行传输触发方法中的信息处理相关的步骤。In some embodiments, the processing module can be used by the terminal to execute steps related to information processing in any downlink transmission triggering method.

在一些实施例中,该发送模块可用于终端执行任意一个下行传输触发方法中的信息发送相关的步骤。In some embodiments, the sending module can be used by the terminal to execute steps related to information sending in any downlink transmission triggering method.

在一些实施例中,该接收模块可用于终端执行任意一个下行传输触发方法中的信息发送相关的步骤。In some embodiments, the receiving module may be used by the terminal to execute steps related to information sending in any downlink transmission triggering method.

在一些实施例中,所述发送模块,被配置为执行以下至少之一: In some embodiments, the sending module is configured to perform at least one of the following:

向所述第一网络设备发送参考信号;Sending a reference signal to the first network device;

向所述第一网络设备发送上行信息;所述上行信息包括:物理上行控制信道PUCCH信息和/或物理随机接入信道PRACH信息。Sending uplink information to the first network device; the uplink information includes: physical uplink control channel PUCCH information and/or physical random access channel PRACH information.

在一些实施例中,所述参考信号包括:探测参考信号SRS。In some embodiments, the reference signal comprises a sounding reference signal SRS.

在一些实施例中,所述参考信号包括:第一信号和第二信号;所述第二信号用于触发所述第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送所述第二传输;所述第一信号的功能不同于所述第二信号的功能。In some embodiments, the reference signal includes: a first signal and a second signal; the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; the function of the first signal is different from the function of the second signal.

在一些实施例中,所述处理模块,被配置为执行以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following:

根据所述参考信号的资源位置,确定所述参考信号是否包含所述第二信号;所述第二信号的资源位置不同于所述第一信号的资源位置;determining, according to a resource location of the reference signal, whether the reference signal includes the second signal; the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal;

根据所述参考信号的序列,确定所述参考信号是否包含所述第二信号;所述第二信号的序列不同于所述第一信号的序列;determining, according to a sequence of the reference signal, whether the reference signal includes the second signal; the sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal;

根据所述参考信号的功能,确定所述参考信号是否包含所述第二信号;所述第二信号的功能不同于所述第一信号的功能;determining, according to a function of the reference signal, whether the reference signal includes the second signal; the function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal;

根据配置所述参考信号的信息单元IE,确定所述参考信号是否包括所述第二信号;配置所述第二信号的IE不同于配置所述第一信号的IE。According to an information element IE configuring the reference signal, it is determined whether the reference signal includes the second signal; the IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal.

在一些实施例中,该处理模块,被配置为确定所述第一传输的传输参数;所述传输参数包括:所述第一传输对应的信号和/或所述第一传输的资源位置。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to determine transmission parameters of the first transmission; the transmission parameters include: a signal corresponding to the first transmission and/or a resource location of the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述处理模块,被配置为执行以下之一:In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to perform one of the following:

根据所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的配置信息,确定所述传输参数;Determining the transmission parameter according to the configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device;

根据预定义,确定所述传输参数。The transmission parameters are determined according to a predefined method.

在一些实施例中,所述第一网络设备对应于第一小区;所述第二网络设备对应于第二小区;所述接收模块,还被配置为执行以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first network device corresponds to a first cell; the second network device corresponds to a second cell; and the receiving module is further configured to perform at least one of the following:

从所述第一小区接收所述配置信息,所述配置信息,用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输;receiving the configuration information from the first cell, the configuration information being used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell;

从所述第二小区接收所述配置信息,所述配置信息,用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输。The configuration information is received from the second cell, where the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell.

在一些实施例中,所述发送模块,被配置为执行以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the sending module is configured to perform at least one of the following:

接收所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的专用信令,所述专用信令包括所述配置信息;receiving dedicated signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, where the dedicated signaling includes the configuration information;

接收所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的公共信令,所述公共信令包括所述配置信息;receiving common signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, where the common signaling includes the configuration information;

接收所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的广播信令,所述广播信令包括所述配置信息。Receive broadcast signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, where the broadcast signaling includes the configuration information.

在一些实施例中,所述传输参数指示以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the transmission parameter indicates at least one of the following:

时域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的时域位置;Time domain position information, used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission;

序列信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列;sequence information indicating a sequence used by the first transmission;

端口信息,指示所述第一传输的发送端口;Port information, indicating a sending port for the first transmission;

循环位移信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列的循环移位值;Cyclic shift information indicating a cyclic shift value of a sequence used for the first transmission;

频域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的频域位置;Frequency domain position information, used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission;

格式信息,用于指示所述第一传输的格式。The format information is used to indicate the format of the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:

起始时域位置信息,指示所述第一传输的起始时域定位置;Starting time domain position information, indicating the starting time domain position of the first transmission;

时隙信息,指示所述第一传输所在的时隙;timeslot information, indicating a timeslot in which the first transmission occurs;

时长信息,指示一次所述第一传输的持续时长;Duration information, indicating the duration of the first transmission once;

周期信息,指示所述第一传输的周期。The period information indicates the period of the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:

资源块RB信息,指示所述第一传输占用的RB数;Resource block RB information, indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission;

梳状信息,指示所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数;comb information, indicating the number of combs when the first transmission uses the comb resource;

资源单元RE信息,指示一个所述第一传输占用的RE数量和/或RE偏移量。Resource unit RE information indicates the number of REs and/or RE offset occupied by the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述确定所述第一传输的传输参数,还包括:In some embodiments, the determining of the transmission parameters of the first transmission further comprises:

根据所述第一传输的端口、所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数、以及所述第一传输使用序列的CS的至少其中之一确定所述第一传输的序列;determining a sequence of the first transmission according to at least one of a port of the first transmission, a comb number when the first transmission uses comb resources, and a CS of a sequence used by the first transmission;

在一些实施例中,所述接收模块,被配置为在发送所述第一传输之后,在第一时间窗口内接收所述第二传输。 In some embodiments, the receiving module is configured to receive the second transmission within a first time window after sending the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,根据预定义确定所述第一时间窗口;或者,In some embodiments, the first time window is determined according to a predefined method; or,

根据网络信令确定所述一时间窗口。The time window is determined according to network signaling.

在一些实施例中,所述发送模块,被配置为在所述第一时间窗口内未接收到所述第二传输的情况下,继续向所述第一网络设备发送所述第一传输。In some embodiments, the sending module is configured to continue sending the first transmission to the first network device if the second transmission is not received within the first time window.

在一些实施例中,所述第二传输包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the second transmission includes at least one of the following:

系统信息块SIB;System Information Block SIB;

下行参考信号;Downlink reference signal;

下行信道信息。Downlink channel information.

在一些实施例中,所述下行参考信号包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the downlink reference signal includes at least one of the following:

同步信号广播块SSB;Synchronous signal broadcast block SSB;

主同步信号PSS;Primary synchronization signal PSS;

辅同步信号SSS;Secondary synchronization signal SSS;

跟踪参考信号TRS;Tracking reference signal TRS;

信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS;Channel state information reference signal CSI-RS;

发现参考信号DRS。Discover the reference signal DRS.

在一些实施例中,所述下行信道信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the downlink channel information includes at least one of the following:

物理下行控制信道PDCCH信息;Physical downlink control channel PDCCH information;

物理下行共享信道PDSCH信息。Physical downlink shared channel PDSCH information.

如图6B所示,本公开实施例提供的一种第一网络设备,其中,网络设备包括:As shown in FIG6B , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a first network device, wherein the network device includes:

接收模块6201,被配置为接收终端发送的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送第二传输。The receiving module 6201 is configured to receive a first transmission sent by a terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission.

在一些实施例中,该网络设备还可包括:处理模块和/或接收模块。In some embodiments, the network device may further include: a processing module and/or a receiving module.

在一些实施例中,该处理模块可被配置为执行第一网络设备执行的下行传输触发方法中信息处理相关的任意步骤。In some embodiments, the processing module may be configured to execute any steps related to information processing in the downlink transmission triggering method executed by the first network device.

在一些实施例中,该发送模块和/或接收模块可对应于第一网络设备的网络接口和/或收发天线。In some embodiments, the sending module and/or the receiving module may correspond to a network interface and/or a transceiver antenna of the first network device.

在一些实施例中,所述接收模块,被配置执行以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the receiving module is configured to perform at least one of the following:

接收所述终端发送的参考信号;所述参考信号包括第一类信号和/或参考信号;receiving a reference signal sent by the terminal; the reference signal includes a first type of signal and/or a reference signal;

接收所述终端发送的上行信息;所述上行信息包括:物理上行控制信道PUCCH信息和/或物理随机接入信道PRACH信息。Receive uplink information sent by the terminal; the uplink information includes: physical uplink control channel PUCCH information and/or physical random access channel PRACH information.

在一些实施例中,所述参考信号包括:探测参考信号SRS。In some embodiments, the reference signal comprises a sounding reference signal SRS.

在一些实施例中,所述参考信号包括:第一信号和第二信号;所述第二信号用于触发所述第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送所述第二传输;所述第一信号的功能不同于所述第二信号。In some embodiments, the reference signal includes: a first signal and a second signal; the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; the function of the first signal is different from that of the second signal.

在一些实施例中,所述第二信号的资源位置不同于所述第一信号的资源位置;和/或,In some embodiments, the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal; and/or,

所述第二信号的序列不同于所述第一信号的序列;和/或,The sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal; and/or,

所述第二信号的功能不同于所述第一信号的功能;和/或,The function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal; and/or,

配置所述第二信号的信息单元IE不同于配置所述第一信号的IE。The information element IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal.

在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为确定所述第一传输的传输参数;所述传输参数包括:所述第一传输对应的信号和/或所述第一传输的资源位置。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to determine transmission parameters of the first transmission; the transmission parameters include: a signal corresponding to the first transmission and/or a resource location of the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述处理模块,被配置为根据所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的配置信息,确定所述传输参数;根据预定义,确定所述传输参数。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to determine the transmission parameter according to the configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device; and determine the transmission parameter according to a predefined method.

在一些实施例中,所述第一网络设备对应于第一小区;所述第二网络设备对应于第二小区;In some embodiments, the first network device corresponds to a first cell; the second network device corresponds to a second cell;

所述第一小区用于发送所述配置信息;所述配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输;或者,The first cell is used to send the configuration information; the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell; or,

所述第二小区用于发送所述配置信息;所述配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输。The second cell is used to send the configuration information; the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell.

在一些实施例中,所述配置信息被携带在专有信令中;或者,In some embodiments, the configuration information is carried in proprietary signaling; or,

所述配置信息被携带在公共信令中;或者,The configuration information is carried in public signaling; or,

所述配置信息被携带在广播信令。The configuration information is carried in the broadcast signaling.

在一些实施例中,所述传输参数指示以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the transmission parameter indicates at least one of the following:

时域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的时域位置; Time domain position information, used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission;

序列信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列;sequence information indicating a sequence used by the first transmission;

端口信息,指示所述第一传输的发送端口;Port information, indicating a sending port for the first transmission;

循环位移信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列的循环移位值;Cyclic shift information indicating a cyclic shift value of a sequence used for the first transmission;

频域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的频域位置;Frequency domain position information, used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission;

格式信息,用于指示所述第一传输的格式。The format information is used to indicate the format of the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the time domain location information includes at least one of the following:

起始时域位置信息,指示所述第一传输的起始时域定位置;Starting time domain position information, indicating the starting time domain position of the first transmission;

时隙信息,指示所述第一传输所在的时隙;timeslot information, indicating a timeslot in which the first transmission occurs;

时长信息,指示一次所述第一传输的持续时长;Duration information, indicating the duration of the first transmission once;

周期信息,指示所述第一传输的周期。The period information indicates the period of the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the frequency domain location information includes at least one of the following:

资源块RB信息,指示所述第一传输占用的RB数;Resource block RB information, indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission;

梳状信息,指示所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数;comb information, indicating the number of combs when the first transmission uses the comb resource;

资源单元RE信息,指示一个所述第一传输占用的RE数量。Resource unit RE information indicates the number of REs occupied by the first transmission.

在一些实施例中,处理模块被配置为根据所述第一传输的端口、所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数、确定所述第一传输的序列。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to determine a sequence of the first transmission according to a port of the first transmission and a comb number when the first transmission uses a comb resource.

在一些实施例中,所述接收模块,被配置在接收到所述第一传输之后,在第一时间窗口内发送所述第二传输;或者,在接收到所述第一传输之后,在第一时间窗口内将所述第一传输发送给所述第二网络设备。In some embodiments, the receiving module is configured to send the second transmission within a first time window after receiving the first transmission; or, after receiving the first transmission, send the first transmission to the second network device within a first time window.

在一些实施例中,所述处理模块,被配置为根据预定义确定所述第一时间窗口;或者,根据网络信令确定所述一时间窗口。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to determine the first time window according to a predefined method; or determine the time window according to network signaling.

在一些实施例中,所述第二传输包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the second transmission includes at least one of the following:

系统信息块SIB;System Information Block SIB;

下行参考信号;Downlink reference signal;

下行信道信息。Downlink channel information.

在一些实施例中,所述下行参考信号包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the downlink reference signal includes at least one of the following:

同步信号广播块SSB;Synchronous signal broadcast block SSB;

主同步信号PSS;Primary synchronization signal PSS;

辅同步信号SSS;Secondary synchronization signal SSS;

跟踪参考信号TRS;Tracking reference signal TRS;

信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS;Channel state information reference signal CSI-RS;

发现参考信号。Find the reference signal.

在一些实施例中,所述下行信道信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the downlink channel information includes at least one of the following:

物理下行控制信道PDCCH信息;Physical downlink control channel PDCCH information;

物理下行共享信道PDSCH信息。Physical downlink shared channel PDSCH information.

如图6C所示,本公开实施例提供.一种第二网络设备,其中,包括:As shown in FIG6C , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a second network device, comprising:

接收模块6301,被配置为从第一网络设备接收终端的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。The receiving module 6301 is configured to receive a first transmission from a terminal from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,第二网络设备还可包括发送模块和/或处理模块。In some embodiments, the second network device may further include a sending module and/or a processing module.

在一些实施例中,该第二网络设备还可包括:处理模块和/或接收模块。In some embodiments, the second network device may further include: a processing module and/or a receiving module.

在一些实施例中,该处理模块可被配置为执行第二网络设备执行的下行传输触发方法中信息处理相关的任意步骤。In some embodiments, the processing module may be configured to execute any steps related to information processing in the downlink transmission triggering method executed by the second network device.

在一些实施例中,该发送模块和/或接收模块可对应于第二网络设备的网络接口和/或收发天线。In some embodiments, the sending module and/or the receiving module may correspond to a network interface and/or a transceiver antenna of the second network device.

在一些实施例中,发送模块,被配置向所述终端发送配置信息;所述配置信息,用于所述终端确定所述第一传输的传输参数。In some embodiments, the sending module is configured to send configuration information to the terminal; the configuration information is used by the terminal to determine transmission parameters of the first transmission.

本公开实施例还提供一种通信设备,该通信设备可包括:一个或多个处理器;其中,处理器用于调用指令以使得通信设备执行前述任何一个实施例可实现的下行传输触发方法。An embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a communication device, which may include: one or more processors; wherein the processor is used to call instructions so that the communication device executes a downlink transmission triggering method that can be implemented in any of the aforementioned embodiments.

在一些实施例中,如图7A和/或图7B所示,通信设备8100还包括用于存储指令的一个或多个存储器8102。可选地,全部或部分存储器8102也可以处于通信设备8100之外。7A and/or 7B, the communication device 8100 further includes one or more memories 8102 for storing instructions. Optionally, all or part of the memory 8102 may also be outside the communication device 8100.

该通信设备可为前述的终端以及网络设备。在一些实施例中,该网络设备可为主节点和/或辅助节点。 The communication device may be the aforementioned terminal and network device. In some embodiments, the network device may be a primary node and/or an auxiliary node.

在一些实施例中,通信设备8100还包括一个或多个收发器8103。在通信设备8100包括一个或多个收发器8103时,上述方法中的发送接收等通信步骤由收发器8103执行,其他步骤由处理器8101执行。In some embodiments, the communication device 8100 further includes one or more transceivers 8103. When the communication device 8100 includes one or more transceivers 8103, the communication steps such as sending and receiving in the above method are executed by the transceiver 8103, and the other steps are executed by the processor 8101.

在一些实施例中,收发器可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器和发送器可以是分离的,也可以集成在一起。可选地,收发器、收发单元、收发机、收发电路等术语可以相互替换,发送器、发送单元、发送机、发送电路等术语可以相互替换,接收器、接收单元、接收机、接收电路等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver and the transmitter may be separate or integrated. Optionally, the terms such as transceiver, transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, the terms such as transmitter, transmission unit, transmitter, transmission circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, and the terms such as receiver, receiving unit, receiver, receiving circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other.

可选地,通信设备8100还包括一个或多个接口电路8104,接口电路8104与存储器8102连接,接口电路8104可用于从存储器8102或其他装置接收信号,可用于向存储器8102或其他装置发送信号。例如,接口电路8104可读取存储器8102中存储的指令,并将该指令发送给处理器8101。Optionally, the communication device 8100 further includes one or more interface circuits 8104, which are connected to the memory 8102. The interface circuit 8104 can be used to receive signals from the memory 8102 or other devices, and can be used to send signals to the memory 8102 or other devices. For example, the interface circuit 8104 can read instructions stored in the memory 8102 and send the instructions to the processor 8101.

以上实施例描述中的通信设备8100可以是网络设备或者终端,但本公开中描述的通信设备8100的范围并不限于此,通信设备8100的结构可以不受图7A的限制。通信设备可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如通信设备可以是:(1)独立的集成电路IC,或芯片,或,芯片系统或子系统;(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合,可选地,上述IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据,程序的存储部件;(3)ASIC,例如调制解调器(Modem);(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块;(5)接收机、终端设备、智能终端设备、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等;(6)其他等等。The communication device 8100 described in the above embodiments may be a network device or a terminal, but the scope of the communication device 8100 described in the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device 8100 may not be limited by FIG. 7A. The communication device may be an independent device or may be part of a larger device. For example, the communication device may be: (1) an independent integrated circuit IC, or a chip, or a chip system or subsystem; (2) a collection of one or more ICs, optionally, the above IC collection may also include a storage component for storing data and programs; (3) an ASIC, such as a modem; (4) a module that can be embedded in other devices; (5) a receiver, a terminal device, an intelligent terminal device, a cellular phone, a wireless device, a handheld device, a mobile unit, a vehicle-mounted device, a network device, a cloud device, an artificial intelligence device, etc.; (6) others, etc.

图7B是本公开实施例提供的芯片8200的结构示意图。对于通信设备8100可以是芯片或芯片系统的情况,可以参见图7B所示的芯片8200的结构示意图,但不限于此。7B is a schematic diagram of the structure of a chip 8200 provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure. In the case where the communication device 8100 may be a chip or a chip system, reference may be made to the schematic diagram of the structure of the chip 8200 shown in FIG. 7B , but the present invention is not limited thereto.

芯片8200包括一个或多个处理器8201,处理器8201用于调用指令以使得芯片8200执行以上任一种下行传输触发方法。The chip 8200 includes one or more processors 8201, and the processor 8201 is used to call instructions so that the chip 8200 executes any of the above downlink transmission triggering methods.

在一些实施例中,芯片8200还包括一个或多个接口电路8202,接口电路8202与存储器8203连接,接口电路8202可以用于从存储器8203或其他装置接收信号,接口电路8202可用于向存储器8203或其他装置发送信号。例如,接口电路8202可读取存储器8203中存储的指令,并将该指令发送给处理器8201。可选地,接口电路、接口、收发管脚、收发器等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the chip 8200 further includes one or more interface circuits 8202, which are connected to the memory 8203. The interface circuit 8202 can be used to receive signals from the memory 8203 or other devices, and the interface circuit 8202 can be used to send signals to the memory 8203 or other devices. For example, the interface circuit 8202 can read the instructions stored in the memory 8203 and send the instructions to the processor 8201. Optionally, the terms such as interface circuit, interface, transceiver pin, and transceiver can be replaced with each other.

在一些实施例中,芯片8200还包括用于存储指令的一个或多个存储器8203。可选地,全部或部分存储器8203可以处于芯片8200之外。In some embodiments, the chip 8200 further includes one or more memories 8203 for storing instructions. Optionally, all or part of the memory 8203 may be outside the chip 8200.

本公开还提供一种存储介质,上述存储介质上存储有指令,当上述指令在通信设备8100上运行时,使得通信设备8100执行以上任一种方法。可选地,上述存储介质是电子存储介质。可选地,上述存储介质是计算机可读存储介质,但也可以是其他装置可读的存储介质。可选地,上述存储介质可以是非暂时性(non-transitory)存储介质,但也可以是暂时性存储介质。The present disclosure also provides a storage medium, on which instructions are stored, and when the instructions are executed on the communication device 8100, the communication device 8100 executes any of the above methods. Optionally, the storage medium is an electronic storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium is a computer-readable storage medium, but it can also be a storage medium readable by other devices. Optionally, the storage medium can be a non-transitory storage medium, but it can also be a temporary storage medium.

本公开还提供一种程序产品,上述程序产品被通信设备8100执行时,使得通信设备8100执行以上任一种下行传输触发方法。可选地,上述程序产品是计算机程序产品。The present disclosure also provides a program product, and when the program product is executed by the communication device 8100, the communication device 8100 executes any of the above downlink transmission triggering methods. Optionally, the program product is a computer program product.

本公开还提供一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行以上任一种下行传输触发方法。The present disclosure also provides a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute any of the above downlink transmission triggering methods.

本领域技术人员在考虑说明书及实践这里公开的发明后,将容易想到本公开实施例的其它实施方案。本公开旨在涵盖本公开实施例的任何变型、用途或者适应性变化,这些变型、用途或者适应性变化遵循本公开实施例的一般性原理并包括本公开未公开的本技术领域中的公知常识或惯用技术手段。说明书和实施例仅被视为示例性地,本公开实施例的真正范围和精神由下面的权利要求指出。Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate other implementations of the disclosed embodiments after considering the specification and practicing the invention disclosed herein. The present disclosure is intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of the disclosed embodiments, which follow the general principles of the disclosed embodiments and include common knowledge or customary technical means in the art that are not disclosed in the present disclosure. The specification and examples are to be regarded as exemplary only, and the true scope and spirit of the disclosed embodiments are indicated by the following claims.

应当理解的是,本公开实施例并不局限于上面已经描述并在附图中示出的精确结构,并且可以在不脱离其范围进行各种修改和改变。本公开实施例的范围仅由所附的权利要求来限制。 It should be understood that the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to the precise structures described above and shown in the drawings, and various modifications and changes may be made without departing from the scope thereof. The scope of the embodiments of the present disclosure is limited only by the appended claims.

Claims (44)

一种下行传输触发方法,其中,由终端执行,方法包括:A downlink transmission triggering method, wherein the method is executed by a terminal, and the method includes: 向第一网络设备发送第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。A first transmission is sent to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述向第一网络设备发送第一传输,包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 1, wherein sending the first transmission to the first network device comprises at least one of the following: 向所述第一网络设备发送参考信号;Sending a reference signal to the first network device; 向所述第一网络设备发送上行信息;所述上行信息包括:物理上行控制信道PUCCH信息和/或物理随机接入信道PRACH信息。Sending uplink information to the first network device; the uplink information includes: physical uplink control channel PUCCH information and/or physical random access channel PRACH information. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其中,所述参考信号包括:探测参考信号SRS。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the reference signal comprises: a sounding reference signal SRS. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其中,所述参考信号包括:第一信号和第二信号;所述第二信号用于触发所述第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送所述第二传输;所述第一信号的功能不同于所述第二信号的功能。The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the reference signal includes: a first signal and a second signal; the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; and the function of the first signal is different from the function of the second signal. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 4, wherein the method further comprises at least one of the following: 根据所述参考信号的资源位置,确定所述参考信号是否包含所述第二信号;所述第二信号的资源位置不同于所述第一信号的资源位置;determining, according to a resource location of the reference signal, whether the reference signal includes the second signal; the resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal; 根据所述参考信号的序列,确定所述参考信号是否包含所述第二信号;所述第二信号的序列不同于所述第一信号的序列;determining, according to a sequence of the reference signal, whether the reference signal includes the second signal; the sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal; 根据所述参考信号的功能,确定所述参考信号是否包含所述第二信号;所述第二信号的功能不同于所述第一信号的功能;determining, according to a function of the reference signal, whether the reference signal includes the second signal; the function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal; 根据配置所述参考信号的信息单元IE,确定所述参考信号是否包括所述第二信号。According to the information element IE configuring the reference signal, it is determined whether the reference signal includes the second signal. 根据权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the method further comprises: 确定所述第一传输的传输参数;所述传输参数包括:所述第一传输对应的信号和/或所述第一传输的资源位置。Determine transmission parameters of the first transmission; the transmission parameters include: a signal corresponding to the first transmission and/or a resource location of the first transmission. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,所述确定所述第一传输的传输参数,包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 6, wherein the determining the transmission parameters of the first transmission comprises at least one of the following: 根据所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的配置信息,确定所述传输参数;Determining the transmission parameter according to the configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device; 根据预定义,确定所述传输参数。The transmission parameters are determined according to a predefined method. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述第一网络设备对应于第一小区;所述第二网络设备对应于第二小区;所述方法还包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 7, wherein the first network device corresponds to a first cell; the second network device corresponds to a second cell; and the method further comprises at least one of the following: 从所述第一小区接收所述配置信息,所述配置信息,用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输;receiving the configuration information from the first cell, the configuration information being used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell; 从所述第二小区接收所述配置信息,所述配置信息,用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输。The configuration information is received from the second cell, where the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的配置信息,包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device includes at least one of the following: 接收所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的专用信令,所述专用信令包括所述配置信息;receiving dedicated signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, where the dedicated signaling includes the configuration information; 接收所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的公共信令,所述公共信令包括所述配置信息;receiving common signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, where the common signaling includes the configuration information; 接收所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的广播信令,所述广播信令包括所述配置信息。Receive broadcast signaling sent by the first network device or the second network device, where the broadcast signaling includes the configuration information. 根据权利要求6至9任一项所述的方法,其中,所述传输参数指示以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 9, wherein the transmission parameter indicates at least one of the following: 时域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的时域位置;Time domain position information, used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission; 序列信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列;sequence information indicating a sequence used by the first transmission; 端口信息,指示所述第一传输的发送端口;Port information, indicating a sending port for the first transmission; 循环位移信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列的循环移位值;Cyclic shift information indicating a cyclic shift value of a sequence used for the first transmission; 频域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的频域位置;Frequency domain position information, used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission; 格式信息,用于指示所述第一传输的格式。The format information is used to indicate the format of the first transmission. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 10, wherein the time domain location information includes at least one of the following: 起始时域位置信息,指示所述第一传输的起始时域定位置;Starting time domain position information, indicating the starting time domain position of the first transmission; 时隙信息,指示所述第一传输所在的时隙;timeslot information, indicating a timeslot in which the first transmission occurs; 时长信息,指示一次所述第一传输的持续时长;Duration information, indicating the duration of the first transmission; 周期信息,指示所述第一传输的周期。The period information indicates the period of the first transmission. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 10, wherein the frequency domain location information comprises at least one of the following: 资源块RB信息,指示所述第一传输占用的RB数; Resource block RB information, indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission; 梳状信息,指示所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数;comb information, indicating the number of combs when the first transmission uses the comb resource; 资源单元RE信息,指示一个所述第一传输占用的RE数量和/或RE偏移量。Resource unit RE information indicates the number of REs and/or RE offset occupied by the first transmission. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,所述确定所述第一传输的传输参数,还包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the determining the transmission parameters of the first transmission further comprises: 根据所述第一传输的端口、所述第一传输对应的梳状数、以及所述第一传输使用序列的循环移位CS的至少其中之一确定所述第一传输的序列。The sequence of the first transmission is determined according to at least one of a port of the first transmission, a comb number corresponding to the first transmission, and a cyclic shift CS of a sequence used by the first transmission. 根据权利要求1至13任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the method further comprises: 在发送所述第一传输之后,在第一时间窗口内接收所述第二传输。The second transmission is received within a first time window after sending the first transmission. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,根据预定义确定所述第一时间窗口;或者,The method according to claim 14, wherein the first time window is determined according to a predefined method; or 根据网络信令确定所述一时间窗口。The time window is determined according to network signaling. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the method further comprises: 在所述第一时间窗口内未接收到所述第二传输的情况下,继续向所述第一网络设备发送所述第一传输。In the event that the second transmission is not received within the first time window, continuing to send the first transmission to the first network device. 根据权利要求1至16任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二传输包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein the second transmission comprises at least one of the following: 系统信息块SIB;System Information Block SIB; 下行参考信号;Downlink reference signal; 下行信道信息。Downlink channel information. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述下行参考信号包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 17, wherein the downlink reference signal comprises at least one of the following: 同步信号广播块SSB;Synchronous signal broadcast block SSB; 主同步信号PSS;Primary synchronization signal PSS; 辅同步信号SSS;Secondary synchronization signal SSS; 跟踪参考信号TRS;Tracking reference signal TRS; 信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS;Channel state information reference signal CSI-RS; 发现参考信号DRS。Discover the reference signal DRS. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法,其中,所述下行信道信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the downlink channel information includes at least one of the following: 物理下行控制信道PDCCH信息;Physical downlink control channel PDCCH information; 物理下行共享信道PDSCH信息。Physical downlink shared channel PDSCH information. 一种下行传输触发方法,其中,由第一网络设备执行,方法包括:A downlink transmission triggering method, wherein the method is performed by a first network device, and the method comprises: 接收终端发送的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送第二传输。A first transmission sent by a receiving terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中,所述接收终端发送的第一传输;所述第一传输,包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 20, wherein the first transmission sent by the receiving terminal; the first transmission comprises at least one of the following: 接收所述终端发送的参考信号;所述参考信号包括第一类信号和/或参考信号;receiving a reference signal sent by the terminal; the reference signal includes a first type of signal and/or a reference signal; 接收所述终端发送的上行信息;所述上行信息包括:物理上行控制信道PUCCH信息和/或物理随机接入信道PRACH信息。Receive uplink information sent by the terminal; the uplink information includes: physical uplink control channel PUCCH information and/or physical random access channel PRACH information. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其中,所述参考信号包括:探测参考信号SRS。The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the reference signal comprises: a sounding reference signal SRS. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其中,所述参考信号包括:第一信号和第二信号;所述第二信号用于触发所述第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送所述第二传输;所述第一信号的功能不同于所述第二信号。The method according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the reference signal includes: a first signal and a second signal; the second signal is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send the second transmission; the function of the first signal is different from that of the second signal. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 23, wherein 所述第二信号的资源位置不同于所述第一信号的资源位置;和/或,The resource location of the second signal is different from the resource location of the first signal; and/or, 所述第二信号的序列不同于所述第一信号的序列;和/或,The sequence of the second signal is different from the sequence of the first signal; and/or, 所述第二信号的功能不同于所述第一信号的功能;和/或,The function of the second signal is different from the function of the first signal; and/or, 配置所述第二信号的信息单元IE不同于配置所述第一信号的IE。The information element IE configuring the second signal is different from the IE configuring the first signal. 根据权利要求20至24任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20 to 24, wherein the method further comprises: 确定所述第一传输的传输参数;所述传输参数包括:所述第一传输对应的信号和/或所述第一传输的资源位置。Determine transmission parameters of the first transmission; the transmission parameters include: a signal corresponding to the first transmission and/or a resource location of the first transmission. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述确定所述第一传输的传输参数,包括以下至少之一:The method of claim 24, wherein the determining the transmission parameters of the first transmission comprises at least one of the following: 根据所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送的配置信息,确定所述传输参数;Determining the transmission parameter according to the configuration information sent by the first network device or the second network device; 根据预定义,确定所述传输参数。The transmission parameters are determined according to a predefined method. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述第一网络设备对应于第一小区;所述第二网络设 备对应于第二小区;The method according to claim 26, wherein the first network device corresponds to a first cell; and the second network device The device corresponds to the second cell; 所述第一小区用于发送所述配置信息;所述配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输;或者,The first cell is used to send the configuration information; the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell; or, 所述第二小区用于发送所述配置信息;所述配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一小区发送所述第一传输。The second cell is used to send the configuration information; the configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first transmission to the first cell. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein 所述配置信息被携带在专有信令中;或者,The configuration information is carried in a dedicated signaling; or, 所述配置信息被携带在公共信令中;或者,The configuration information is carried in public signaling; or, 所述配置信息被携带在广播信令。The configuration information is carried in the broadcast signaling. 根据权利要求25至28任一项所述的方法,其中,所述传输参数指示以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 25 to 28, wherein the transmission parameter indicates at least one of the following: 时域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的时域位置;Time domain position information, used to determine the time domain position of the first transmission; 序列信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列;sequence information indicating a sequence used by the first transmission; 端口信息,指示所述第一传输的发送端口;Port information, indicating a sending port for the first transmission; 循环位移信息,指示所述第一传输使用的序列的循环移位值;Cyclic shift information indicating a cyclic shift value of a sequence used for the first transmission; 频域位置信息,用于确定所述第一传输的频域位置;Frequency domain position information, used to determine the frequency domain position of the first transmission; 格式信息,用于指示所述第一传输的格式。The format information is used to indicate the format of the first transmission. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,所述时域位置信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 29, wherein the temporal location information comprises at least one of the following: 起始时域位置信息,指示所述第一传输的起始时域定位置;Starting time domain position information, indicating the starting time domain position of the first transmission; 时隙信息,指示所述第一传输所在的时隙;timeslot information, indicating a timeslot in which the first transmission occurs; 时长信息,指示一次所述第一传输的持续时长;Duration information, indicating the duration of the first transmission once; 周期信息,指示所述第一传输的周期。The period information indicates the period of the first transmission. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,所述频域位置信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 29, wherein the frequency domain location information comprises at least one of the following: 资源块RB信息,指示所述第一传输占用的RB数;Resource block RB information, indicating the number of RBs occupied by the first transmission; 梳状信息,指示所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数;comb information, indicating the number of combs when the first transmission uses the comb resource; 资源单元RE信息,指示一个所述第一传输占用的RE数量。Resource unit RE information indicates the number of REs occupied by the first transmission. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,确定所述第一传输的传输参数,包括:The method of claim 25, wherein determining a transmission parameter of the first transmission comprises: 根据所述第一传输的端口、所述第一传输使用梳状资源时的梳状数、确定所述第一传输的序列。A sequence of the first transmission is determined according to a port of the first transmission and a comb number when the first transmission uses comb resources. 根据权利要求20至31任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20 to 31, wherein the method further comprises: 在接收到所述第一传输之后,在第一时间窗口内发送所述第二传输;或者,after receiving the first transmission, sending the second transmission within a first time window; or, 在接收到所述第一传输之后,在第一时间窗口内将所述第一传输发送给所述第二网络设备。After receiving the first transmission, the first transmission is sent to the second network device within a first time window. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 33, wherein the method further comprises: 根据预定义确定所述第一时间窗口;或者,Determine the first time window according to a predefined method; or, 根据网络信令确定所述一时间窗口。The time window is determined according to network signaling. 根据权利要求20至33任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二传输包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 20 to 33, wherein the second transmission comprises at least one of the following: 系统信息块SIB;System Information Block SIB; 下行参考信号;Downlink reference signal; 下行信道信息。Downlink channel information. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其中,所述下行参考信号包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 34, wherein the downlink reference signal comprises at least one of the following: 同步信号广播块SSB;Synchronous signal broadcast block SSB; 主同步信号PSS;Primary synchronization signal PSS; 辅同步信号SSS;Secondary synchronization signal SSS; 跟踪参考信号TRS;Tracking reference signal TRS; 信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS;Channel state information reference signal CSI-RS; 发现参考信号。Find the reference signal. 根据权利要求35或36所述的方法,其中,所述下行信道信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 35 or 36, wherein the downlink channel information includes at least one of the following: 物理下行控制信道PDCCH信息;Physical downlink control channel PDCCH information; 物理下行共享信道PDSCH信息。Physical downlink shared channel PDSCH information. 一种下行传输触发方法,其中,由第二网络设备执行,方法包括:A downlink transmission triggering method, wherein the method is performed by a second network device, and the method comprises: 从第一网络设备接收终端的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。A first transmission from a terminal is received from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括: The method according to claim 38, wherein the method further comprises: 向所述终端发送配置信息;所述配置信息,用于所述终端确定所述第一传输的传输参数。Sending configuration information to the terminal; the configuration information is used by the terminal to determine transmission parameters of the first transmission. 一种终端,其中,包括:A terminal, comprising: 发送模块,被配置向第一网络设备发送第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。The sending module is configured to send a first transmission to a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission to the terminal. 一种第一网络设备,其中,包括:A first network device, comprising: 接收模块,被配置为接收终端发送的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备或所述第一网络设备发送第二传输。The receiving module is configured to receive a first transmission sent by a terminal; the first transmission is used to trigger the second network device or the first network device to send a second transmission. 一种第二网络设备,其中,包括:A second network device, comprising: 接收模块,被配置为从第一网络设备接收终端的第一传输;所述第一传输,用于触发第二网络设备向所述终端发送第二传输。The receiving module is configured to receive a first transmission from a terminal from a first network device; the first transmission is used to trigger a second network device to send a second transmission to the terminal. 一种通信设备,其中,通信设备包括:A communication device, wherein the communication device comprises: 一个或多个处理器;one or more processors; 其中,处理器用于调用指令以使得通信设备执行权利要求1至19和/或权利要求20至37或38至39中任一项的所述的方法。The processor is used to call instructions to enable the communication device to execute the method described in any one of claims 1 to 19 and/or claims 20 to 37 or 38 to 39. 一种存储介质,其中,存储介质存储有指令,当指令在通信设备上运行时,使得通信设备执行权利要求1至19和/或权利要求20至37或38至39中任一项的所述的方法。 A storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the method described in any one of claims 1 to 19 and/or claims 20 to 37 or 38 to 39.
PCT/CN2023/141275 2023-12-22 2023-12-22 Downlink transmission triggering method, communication device, and storage medium Pending WO2025129702A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/141275 WO2025129702A1 (en) 2023-12-22 2023-12-22 Downlink transmission triggering method, communication device, and storage medium
CN202380012950.3A CN117981402A (en) 2023-12-22 2023-12-22 Downlink transmission triggering method, communication equipment and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/141275 WO2025129702A1 (en) 2023-12-22 2023-12-22 Downlink transmission triggering method, communication device, and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025129702A1 true WO2025129702A1 (en) 2025-06-26

Family

ID=90860334

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/141275 Pending WO2025129702A1 (en) 2023-12-22 2023-12-22 Downlink transmission triggering method, communication device, and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117981402A (en)
WO (1) WO2025129702A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112888050A (en) * 2019-11-30 2021-06-01 华为技术有限公司 Equipment energy saving method and device and computer storage medium
CN115568004A (en) * 2021-07-01 2023-01-03 华为技术有限公司 Cell access method, communication device and computer storage medium
WO2023151463A1 (en) * 2022-02-09 2023-08-17 Mediatek Inc. Method and apparatus for using on-demand reference signal or system information block for network energy saving
CN116848817A (en) * 2023-05-08 2023-10-03 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information indication method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
CN117135724A (en) * 2022-05-18 2023-11-28 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 Communication method and device, chip module and storage medium

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112888050A (en) * 2019-11-30 2021-06-01 华为技术有限公司 Equipment energy saving method and device and computer storage medium
CN115568004A (en) * 2021-07-01 2023-01-03 华为技术有限公司 Cell access method, communication device and computer storage medium
WO2023151463A1 (en) * 2022-02-09 2023-08-17 Mediatek Inc. Method and apparatus for using on-demand reference signal or system information block for network energy saving
CN117135724A (en) * 2022-05-18 2023-11-28 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 Communication method and device, chip module and storage medium
CN116848817A (en) * 2023-05-08 2023-10-03 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information indication method, device, communication equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117981402A (en) 2024-05-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10880834B2 (en) Techniques and apparatuses for wakeup signal design and resource allocation
JP7599592B2 (en) Integrated Circuits
WO2025016019A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, communication device, communication system, and storage medium
WO2025129699A1 (en) Indication information sending method and apparatus
WO2025129594A1 (en) Downlink transmission method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2025000303A1 (en) Information indication method, and terminal, network device, communication system and storage medium
WO2025129704A1 (en) Request transmitting method and apparatus, request receiving method and apparatus, terminal, network device, and storage medium
CN117596707A (en) Communication methods, terminals, network equipment, systems and storage media
WO2025086111A1 (en) Channel enhancement method, terminal, network device, communication system, and medium
WO2025129702A1 (en) Downlink transmission triggering method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2025129706A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2025166601A1 (en) Information processing method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2025129703A1 (en) Information receiving method and apparatus, information sending method and apparatus, terminal, network device and storage medium
WO2025166769A1 (en) Information determination method and apparatus, communication system, and storage medium
WO2025166768A1 (en) Information receiving method and apparatus, information sending method and apparatus, communication system, and network device
WO2025129695A1 (en) Request information processing method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2025245701A1 (en) Communication methods, terminals, network devices, communication system, and storage medium
WO2025138305A1 (en) Communication control method and apparatus, terminal, network device, and storage medium
WO2025145401A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2025129664A1 (en) Indication method, communication device, communication system, and storage medium
WO2025138247A1 (en) Method for determining resource, device, and storage medium
WO2025166608A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
CN120604567A (en) Information indication method, terminal, network device, communication system and storage medium
WO2025043727A1 (en) Paging method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2025175457A1 (en) Information receiving method and apparatus, information sending method and apparatus, communication system and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23962024

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1